In a particular embodiment, the compound of formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of: (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (R)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3, 4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin- 8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (S)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3, 4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin- 8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3, 4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin- 8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3, 4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin- 8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (Z)-3-((3-ethyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (E)-3-((3-ethyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-ph enyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-ph enyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (E)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (S)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-ph enyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (R)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-ph enyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (S)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5-phe nyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (R)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5-phe nyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1 ,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (S)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7-(methylthi o)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (R)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7-(methylthi o)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-1, 1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (S)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methy l-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (R)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methy l-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (S)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-di oxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (R)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-di oxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (E)-3-((3-Butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (E)-3-((3-Butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (E)-3-((3-Butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin- 8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (E)-3-((3-Butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1 ,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-1, 1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin- 8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid; and (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. As used herein, the term “halo” refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo. As used herein, the term “C1-6 alkyl” refers to a straight or branched alkyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the term “C _1-4 alkyl” refers to a straight or branched alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of C _1-4 alkyl include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec- butyl and tert-butyl. As used herein, the term “C _1-4 haloalkyl” refers to a straight or branched C _1-4 alkyl group, as defined herein, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced with halogen. Examples of C _1-4 haloalkyl include chloromethyl, fluoroethyl and trifluoromethyl. As used herein, the terms “C _1-4 alkoxy” and “C _1-4 alkylthio” refer to a straight or branched C _1-4 alkyl group attached to the remainder of the molecule through an oxygen or sulphur atom, respectively. As used herein, the term “C _3-6 cycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon ring having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of C _3-6 cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl. The term “aryl” denotes an aromatic monocyclic ring composed of 6 carbon atoms or an aromatic bicyclic ring system composed of 10 carbon atoms. Examples of aryl include phenyl, naphthyl and azulenyl. The term “amino” refers to an -NH2 group. As used herein, the terms “N-(C _1-4 alkyl)amino” and “N,N- di(C _1-4 alkyl)amino” refer to an amino group wherein one or both hydrogen atom(s), respectively, are replaced with a straight or branched C _1-4 alkyl group. Examples of N-(C _1-4 alkyl)amino include methylamino, ethylamino and tert-butylamino, and examples of N,N-di-(C _1-4 alkyl)amino include dimethylamino and diethylamino. As used herein, the term “N-(aryl-C _1-4 alkyl)amino” refers to an amino group wherein a hydrogen atom is replaced with an aryl-C _1-4 alkyl group. Examples of N-(aryl-C _1-4 alkyl)amino include benzylamino and phenylethylamino. The term “C1-6 alkylcarbonylamino” refers to an amino group wherein a hydrogen atom is replaced with a C1-6 alkylcarbonyl group. Examples of C1-6 alkanoylamino include acetylamino and tert-butylcarbonylamino. The term “C _1-4 alkyloxycarbonylamino” refers to an amino group wherein a hydrogen atom is replaced with a C _1-4 alkyloxycarbonyl group. An example of C _1-4 alkyloxycarbonylamino is tert-butoxycarbonylamino. The terms “C _1-4 alkylsulfonamido” and “C _3-6 cycloalkylsulfonamido” refer to an amino group wherein a hydrogen atom is replaced with a C _1-4 alkylsulfonyl or a C _3-6 cycloalkylsulfonyl group, respectively. As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to those compounds, materials, compositions and/or dosage forms that are suitable for human pharmaceutical use and that are generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable. As used herein, the term "about" refers to a value or parameter herein that includes (and describes) embodiments that are directed to that value or parameter per se. For example, description referring to "about 20" includes description of "20." Numeric ranges are inclusive of the numbers defining the range. Generally speaking, the term "about" refers to the indicated value of the variable and to all values of the variable that are within the experimental error of the indicated value (e.g., within the 95% confidence interval for the mean) or within 10 percent of the indicated value, whichever is greater. The 1,5-benzothiazepine and 1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are inhibitors of the apical sodium-dependent bile acid transporter (ASBT inhibitors), of the liver bile acid transporter (LBAT inhibitors), or of both the apical sodium-dependent bile acid and liver bile acid transporters (dual ASBT/LBAT inhibitors). They are therefore useful in the treatment or prevention of conditions, disorders and diseases wherein inhibition of bile acid circulation is desirable, such as cardiovascular diseases, fatty acid metabolism and glucose utilization disorders, gastrointestinal diseases and liver diseases. Cardiovascular diseases and disorders of fatty acid metabolism and glucose utilization include, but are not limited to, hypercholesterolemia; disorders of fatty acid metabolism; type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus; complications of diabetes, including cataracts, micro- and macrovascular diseases, retinopathy, neuropathy, nephropathy and delayed wound healing, tissue ischaemia, diabetic foot, arteriosclerosis, myocardial infarction, acute coronary syndrome, unstable angina pectoris, stable angina pectoris, stroke, peripheral arterial occlusive disease, cardiomyopathy, heart failure, heart rhythm disorders and vascular restenosis; diabetes-related diseases such as insulin resistance (impaired glucose homeostasis), hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinemia, elevated blood levels of fatty acids or glycerol, obesity, dyslipidemia, hyperlipidemia including hypertriglyceridemia, metabolic syndrome (syndrome X), atherosclerosis and hypertension; and for increasing high density lipoprotein levels. Gastrointestinal diseases and disorders include constipation (including chronic constipation, functional constipation, chronic idiopathic constipation (CIC), intermittent/sporadic constipation, constipation secondary to diabetes mellitus, constipation secondary to stroke, constipation secondary to chronic kidney disease, constipation secondary to multiple sclerosis, constipation secondary to Parkinson’s disease, constipation secondary to systemic sclerosis, drug induced constipation, irritable bowel syndrome with constipation (IBS-C), irritable bowel syndrome mixed (IBS-M), pediatric functional constipation and opioid induced constipation); Crohn’s disease; primary bile acid malabsorption; irritable bowel syndrome (IBS); inflammatory bowel disease (IBD); ileal inflammation; and reflux disease and complications thereof, such as Barrett’s esophagus, bile reflux esophagitis and bile reflux gastritis. A liver disease as defined herein is any disease in the liver and in organs connected therewith, such as the pancreas, portal vein, the liver parenchyma, the intrahepatic biliary tree, the extrahepatic biliary tree, and the gall bladder. In some cases, a liver disease a bile acid-dependent liver disease. Liver diseases and disorders include, but are not limited to, an inherited metabolic disorder of the liver; inborn errors of bile acid synthesis; congenital bile duct anomalies; biliary atresia; post-Kasai biliary atresia; post-liver transplantation biliary atresia; neonatal hepatitis; neonatal cholestasis; hereditary forms of cholestasis; cerebrotendinous xanthomatosis; a secondary defect of BA synthesis; Zellweger´s syndrome; cystic fibrosis-associated liver disease; alpha1-antitrypsin deficiency; Alagilles syndrome (ALGS); Byler syndrome; a primary defect of bile acid (BA) synthesis; progressive familial intrahepatic cholestasis (PFIC) including PFIC-1, PFIC-2, PFIC-3 and non-specified PFIC, post-biliary diversion PFIC and post-liver transplant PFIC; benign recurrent intrahepatic cholestasis (BRIC) including BRIC1, BRIC2 and non-specified BRIC, post-biliary diversion BRIC and post-liver transplant BRIC; autoimmune hepatitis; primary biliary cirrhosis (PBC); liver fibrosis; non- alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD); non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH); portal hypertension; cholestasis; Down syndrome cholestasis; drug-induced cholestasis; intrahepatic cholestasis of pregnancy (jaundice during pregnancy); intrahepatic cholestasis; extrahepatic cholestasis; parenteral nutrition associated cholestasis (PNAC); low phospholipid-associated cholestasis; lymphedema cholestasis syndrome 1 (LSC1); primary sclerosing cholangitis (PSC); immunoglobulin G4 associated cholangitis; primary biliary cholangitis; cholelithiasis (gall stones); biliary lithiasis; choledocholithiasis; gallstone pancreatitis; Caroli disease; malignancy of bile ducts; malignancy causing obstruction of the biliary tree; biliary strictures; AIDS cholangiopathy; ischemic cholangiopathy; pruritus due to cholestasis or jaundice; pancreatitis; chronic autoimmune liver disease leading to progressive cholestasis; hepatic steatosis; alcoholic hepatitis; acute fatty liver; fatty liver of pregnancy; drug- induced hepatitis; iron overload disorders; congenital bile acid synthesis defect type 1 (BAS type 1); drug-induced liver injury (DILI); hepatic fibrosis; congenital hepatic fibrosis; hepatic cirrhosis; Langerhans cell histiocytosis (LCH); neonatal ichthyosis sclerosing cholangitis (NISCH); erythropoietic protoporphyria (EPP); idiopathic adulthood ductopenia (IAD); idiopathic neonatal hepatitis (INH); non syndromic paucity of interlobular bile ducts (NS PILBD); North American Indian childhood cirrhosis (NAIC); hepatic sarcoidosis; amyloidosis; necrotizing enterocolitis; serum bile acid-caused toxicities, including cardiac rhythm disturbances (e.g., atrial fibrillation) in setting of abnormal serum bile acid profile, cardiomyopathy associated with liver cirrhosis (“cholecardia”), and skeletal muscle wasting associated with cholestatic liver disease; polycystic liver disease; viral hepatitis (including hepatitis A, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, hepatitis D and hepatitis E); hepatocellular carcinoma (hepatoma); cholangiocarcinoma; bile acid-related gastrointestinal cancers; and cholestasis caused by tumours and neoplasms of the liver, of the biliary tract and of the pancreas. Compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are also useful in the enhancement of corticosteroid therapy in liver disease. Other diseases that may be treated or prevented by the compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, include hyperabsorption syndromes (including abetalipoproteinemia, familial hypobetalipoproteinemia (FHBL), chylomicron retention disease (CRD) and sitosterolemia); hypervitaminosis and osteopetrosis; hypertension; glomerular hyperfiltration; polycystic kidney disease (PKD), including autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease (ADPKD) and autosomal recessive polycystic kidney disease (ARPKD); and pruritus of renal failure. The compounds are also useful in the protection against liver- or metabolic disease-associated kidney injury. The transport of bile acids in the human body is controlled by the action of the members of the SLC10 family of solute carrier proteins, in particular by the Na ⁺ -taurocholate cotransporting polypeptide (NTCP, also called liver bile acid transporter (LBAT); gene symbol SLC10A1), which is expressed in the sinusoidal membrane of hepatocytes, and by the apical sodium dependent bile acid transporter (ASBT, also called ileal bile acid transporter (IBAT), ISBT, ABAT or NTCP2; gene symbol SLC10A2), which is expressed in the apical membrane of ileal enterocytes, proximal renal tubule cells, biliary epithelium, large cholangiocytes and gallbladder epithelial cells. In the liver, bile acids are efficiently extracted from portal blood by the liver bile acid transporter (LBAT) and re- secreted across the canalicular membrane by the bile salt export pump (BSEP; gene symbol ABCB11). The reabsorption of bile acids in the ileum is handled by the apical sodium-dependent bile acid transporter (ASBT), where it is commonly referred to as ileal bile acid transporter (IBAT). Both LBAT and ASBT function as electrogenic sodium-solute cotransporters that move two or more Na ⁺ ions per molecule of solute. Xenobiotics and endobiotics, including bile acids, are taken up by the liver from portal blood and secreted into bile by distinct transport proteins with individualized substrate specificities. Glycine- and taurine-conjugated bile acids exist in anionic form and are unable to cross membranes by diffusion, and thus, are completely dependent on membrane transport proteins to enter or exit the hepatocyte (Kosters and Karpen, Xenobiotica 2008, vol.38, p.1043-1071). ASBT and LBAT prefer glycine- and taurine-conjugated bile salts over their unconjugated counterparts and demonstrate a higher affinity for dihydroxy bile salts than for trihydroxy bile salts. No non-bile acid substrates have been identified for ASBT yet, however, LBAT was also found to transport a variety of steroid sulfates, hormones and xenobiotics. LBAT is not as thoroughly characterized as ASBT in terms of drug inhibition requirements. Dong et al. have identified FDA approved drugs that inhibit human LBAT and compared LBAT and ASBT inhibition requirements. A series of LBAT inhibition studies were performed using FDA approved drugs, in concert with iterative computational model development. Screening studies identified 27 drugs as novel LBAT inhibitors, including irbesartan (Ki =11.9 μM) and ezetimibe (Ki = 25.0 μM). The common feature pharmacophore indicated that two hydrophobes and one hydrogen bond acceptor were important for inhibition of LBAT. From 72 drugs screened in vitro, a total of 31 drugs inhibited LBAT, while 51 drugs (i.e. more than half) inhibited ASBT. Hence, while there was inhibitor overlap, ASBT unexpectedly was more permissive to drug inhibition than was LBAT, and this may be related to LBAT’s possessing fewer pharmacophore features (Dong et al., Mol. Pharm.2013, vol.10, p.1008– 1019). Vaz et al. describe the identification of LBAT deficiency as a new inborn error of metabolism with a relatively mild clinical phenotype. The identification of LBAT deficiency confirms that this transporter is the main import system for conjugated bile salts into the liver, but also indicates that auxiliary transporters are able to sustain the enterohepatic cycle in its absence (Vaz et al., Hepatology 2015, vol.61, p.260-267). These findings support the hypothesis that LBAT inhibition is a safe mechanism of action, as the hepatocytes still have the possibility to take up the necessary amount of bile acids. Liu et al. describe the identification of a new type of hypercholanemia that is associated with homozygosity for the p.Ser267Phe mutation in SLC10A1 (LBAT). The allele frequency of this mutation in gene SLC10A1 varies in different populations, with the highest incidence occurring in Southern China (8% and 12% in Chinese Han and Dai respectively) and in Vietnam (11%). This “hidden” hypercholanemia was believed to affect 0.64% of the Southern Han, 1.44% of the Dai Chinese population, and 1.21% of the Vietnamese population. An increase in conjugated and unconjugated serum BA levels in the homozygous individuals was also observed. Liu et al. suggest that this finding is most likely due to reduced BA transport from the portal circulation into hepatocytes. This supports the hypothesis that the physiological function of the enterohepatic circulation is not only to recycle bile acids but also to clear bile acids from the circulation to achieve homeostasis (Karpen and Dawson, Hepatology 2015, vol.61, p.24-27). Alternatively, the liver may synthesize increased levels of bile acids to compensate for the reduced enterohepatic recirculation in the homozygous carriers. As LBAT also transports unconjugated bile acids, the increase of the unconjugated bile acids in this study was not surprising (Liu et al., Scientific Reports 2017, 7: 9214, p.1-7). LBAT has been found to be downregulated in several forms of cholestatic liver injury and cholestasis, whereas ASBT has been found to be downregulated in a variety of gastrointestinal disorders such as Crohn’s disease, primary bile acid malabsorption, inflammatory bowel disease, and ileal inflammation but upregulated in cholestasis. LBAT also functions as a cellular receptor for viral entry of the hepatitis B virus (HBV) and hepatitis D virus (HDV), which in turn is the major cause of liver disease and hepatocellular carcinoma. ASBT inhibition has been investigated for decreasing plasma cholesterol levels and improving insulin resistance, as well as to relieving the hepatic bile acid burden in cholestatic liver disease. In addition, ASBT inhibition has been found to restore insulin levels and normoglycemia, thus establishing ASBT inhibition as a promising treatment for type 2 diabetes mellitus. ASBT inhibitors are also used for treatment of functional constipation. As ASBT is predominantly expressed in the ileum (where it is often referred to as IBAT), ASBT inhibitors need not be systemically available. On the other hand, ASBT is also expressed in the proximal tubule cells of the kidneys. ASBT inhibitors that are systemically available may therefore also inhibit the reuptake of bile acids in the kidneys. It is believed that this would lead to increased levels of bile acids in urine, and to an increased removal of bile acids from the body via the urine. Systemically available ASBT inhibitors that exert their effect not only in the ileum but also in the kidneys are therefore expected to lead to a greater reduction of bile acid levels than non-systemically available ASBT inhibitors that only exert their effect in the ileum. Compounds having a high ASBT inhibiting potency are particularly suitable for the treatment of liver diseases that cause cholestasis, such as progressive familial intrahepatic cholestasis (PFIC), Alagilles syndrome, biliary atresia and non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). Biliary atresia is a rare pediatric liver disease that involves a partial or total blockage (or even absence) of large bile ducts. This blockage or absence causes cholestasis that leads to the accumulation of bile acids that damages the liver. In some embodiments, the accumulation of bile acids occurs in the extrahepatic biliary tree. In some embodiments, the accumulation of bile acids occurs in the intrahepatic biliary tree. The current standard of care is the Kasai procedure, which is a surgery that removes the blocked bile ducts and directly connects a portion of the small intestine to the liver. There are currently no approved drug therapies for this disorder. Provided herein are methods for treating biliary atresia in a subject in need thereof, the methods comprising administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the subject has undergone the Kasai procedure prior to administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the subject is administered a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, prior to undergoing the Kasai procedure. In some embodiments, the treatment of biliary atresia decreases the level of serum bile acids in the subject. In some embodiments, the level of serum bile acids is determined by, for example, an ELISA enzymatic assay or the assays for the measurement of total bile acids as described in Danese et al., PLoS One.2017, vol.12(6): e0179200, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. In some embodiments, the level of serum bile acids can decrease by, for example, 10% to 40%, 20% to 50%, 30% to 60%, 40% to 70%, 50% to 80%, or by more than 90% of the level of serum bile acids prior to administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the treatment of bilary atresia includes treatment of pruritus. PFIC is a rare genetic disorder that is estimated to affect between one in every 50,000 to 100,000 children born worldwide and causes progressive, life-threatening liver disease. One manifestation of PFIC is pruritus, which often results in a severely diminished quality of life. In some cases, PFIC leads to cirrhosis and liver failure. Current therapies include Partial External Biliary Diversion (PEBD) and liver transplantation, however, these options can carry substantial risk of post- surgical complications, as well as psychological and social issues. Three alternative gene defects have been identified that correlate to three separate PFIC subtypes known as types 1, 2 and 3: ^ PFIC, type 1, which is sometimes referred to as “Byler disease,” is caused by impaired bile secretion due to mutations in the ATP8B1 gene, which codes for a protein that helps to maintain an appropriate balance of fats known as phospholipids in cell membranes in the bile ducts. An imbalance in these phospholipids is associated with cholestasis and elevated bile acids in the liver. Subjects affected by PFIC, type 1 usually develop cholestasis in the first months of life and, in the absence of surgical treatment, progress to cirrhosis and end-stage liver disease before the end of the first decade of life. ^ PFIC, type 2, which is sometimes referred to as “Byler syndrome,” is caused by impaired bile salt secretion due to mutations in the ABCB11 gene, which codes for a protein, known as the bile salt export pump, that moves bile acids out of the liver. Subjects with PFIC, type 2 often develop liver failure within the first few years of life and are at increased risk of developing a type of liver cancer known as hepatocellular carcinoma. ^ PFIC, type 3, which typically presents in the first years of childhood with progressive cholestasis, is caused by mutations in the ABCB4 gene, which codes for a transporter that moves phospholipids across cell membranes. In addition, TJP2 gene, NR1H4 gene or Myo5b gene mutations have been proposed to be causes of PFIC. In addition, some subjects with PFIC do not have a mutation in any of the ATP8B1, ABCB11, ABCB4, TJP2, NR1H4 or Myo5b genes. In these cases, the cause of the condition is unknown. Exemplary mutations of the ATP8B1 gene or the resulting protein are listed in Tables 2 and 3, with numbering based on the human wild type ATP8B1 protein (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1) or gene (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 2). Exemplary mutations of the ABCB11 gene or the resulting protein are listed in Tables 4 and 5, with numbering based on the human wild type ABCB11 protein (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 3) or gene (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 4). As can be appreciated by those skilled in the art, an amino acid position in a reference protein sequence that corresponds to a specific amino acid position in SEQ ID NO: 1 or 3 can be determined by aligning the reference protein sequence with SEQ ID NO: 1 or 3 (e.g., using a software program, such as ClustalW2). Changes to these residues (referred to herein as “mutations”) may include single or multiple amino acid substitutions, insertions within or flanking the sequences, and deletions within or flanking the sequences. As can be appreciated by those skilled in the art, an nucleotide position in a reference gene sequence that corresponds to a specific nucleotide position in SEQ ID NO: 2 or 4 can be determined by aligning the reference gene sequence with SEQ ID NO: 2 or 4 (e.g., using a software program, such as ClustalW2). Changes to these residues (referred to herein as “mutations”) may include single or multiple nucleotide substitutions, insertions within or flanking the sequences, and deletions within or flanking the sequences. See also Kooistra, et al., “KLIFS: A structural kinase-ligand interaction database,” Nucleic Acids Res.2016, vol.44, no. D1, pp. D365- D371, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety herein. Canonical protein sequence of ATP8B1 (SEQ ID NO: 1) – Uniprot ID O43520 Canonical DNA Sequence for ATP8B1 (SEQ ID NO: 2) CGC AGC ATC CGC AAG AAG CGC TCG CCG CTT GAT GCC ATC GTG GCG GAT GGC ACC GCG GAG TAC AGG CGC ACC GGG GAC AGC TGA Table 2. Exemplary ATP8B1 Mutations

Table 3. Selected ATP8B1 Mutations Associated with PFIC-1

A A mutation to ‘X’ denotes an early stop codon References for Tables 2 and 3 ¹ Folmer et al., Hepatology.2009, vol.50(5), p.1597-1605. ² Hsu et al., Hepatol Res.2009, vol.39(6), p.625-631. ³ Alvarez et al., Hum Mol Genet.2004, vol.13(20), p.2451-2460. ⁴ Davit-Spraul et al., Hepatology 2010, vol.51(5), p.1645-1655. ⁵ Vitale et al., J Gastroenterol.2018, vol.53(8), p.945-958. ⁶ Klomp et al., Hepatology 2004, vol.40(1), p.27-38. ⁷ Zarenezhad et al., Hepatitis Monthly: 2017, vol.17(2); e43500. ⁸ Dixon et al., Scientific Reports 2017, vol.7, 11823. ⁹ Painter et al., Eur J Hum Genet.2005, vol.13(4), p.435-439. ¹⁰ Deng et al., World J Gastroenterol.2012, vol.18(44), p.6504-6509. ¹¹ Giovannoni et al., PLoS One.2015, vol.10(12): e0145021. ¹² Li et al., Hepatology International 2017, vol.11, No.1, Supp. Supplement 1, pp. S180. Abstract Number: OP284. ¹³ Togawa et al., Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition 2018, vol.67, Supp. Supplement 1, pp. S363. Abstract Number: 615. ¹⁴ Miloh et al., Gastroenterology 2006, vol.130, No.4, Suppl.2, pp. A759-A760. Meeting Info.: Digestive Disease Week Meeting/107th Annual Meeting of the American-Gastroenterological- Association. Los Angeles, CA, USA. May 19. ¹⁵ Dröge et al., Zeitschrift fur Gastroenterologie 2015, vol.53, No.12. Abstract Number: A3-27. Meeting Info: 32. Jahrestagung der Deutschen Arbeitsgemeinschaft zum Studium der Leber. Dusseldorf, Germany.22 Jan 2016-23 Jan 2016 ¹⁶ Mizuochi et al., Clin Chim Acta.2012, vol.413(15-16), p.1301-1304. ¹⁷ Liu et al., Hepatology International 2009, vol.3, No.1, p.184-185. Abstract Number: PE405. Meeting Info: 19th Conference of the Asian Pacific Association for the Study of the Liver. Hong Kong, China.13 Feb 2009-16 Feb 2009 ¹⁸ McKay et al., Version 2. F1000Res.2013; 2: 32. DOI: 10.12688/f1000research.2-32.v2 ¹⁹ Hasegawa et al., Orphanet J Rare Dis.2014, vol.9:89. ²⁰ Stone et al., J Biol Chem.2012, vol.287(49), p.41139-51. ²¹ Kang et al., J Pathol Transl Med.2019 May 16. doi: 10.4132/jptm.2019.05.03. [Epub ahead of print] ²² Sharma et al., BMC Gastroenterol.2018, vol.18(1), p.107. ²³ Uegaki et al., Intern Med.2008, vol.47(7), p.599-602. ²⁴ Goldschmidt et al., Hepatol Res.2016, vol.46(4), p.306-311. ²⁵ Liu et al., J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr.2010, vol.50(2), p.179-183. ²⁶ Jung et al., J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr.2007, vol.44(4), p.453-458. ²⁷ Bounford. University of Birmingham. Dissertation Abstracts International, (2016) Vol.75, No.1C. Order No.: AAI10588329. ProQuest Dissertations & Theses. ²⁸ Stolz et al., Aliment Pharmacol Ther.2019, vol.49(9), p.1195-1204. ²⁹ Ivashkin et al., Hepatology International 2016, vol.10, No.1, Supp. SUPPL.1, pp. S461. Abstract Number: LBO-38. Meeting Info: 25th Annual Conference of the Asian Pacific Association for the Study of the Liver, APASL 2016. Tokyo, Japan.20 Feb 2016-24 Feb 2016 ³⁰ Blackmore et al., J Clin Exp Hepatol.2013, vol.3(2), p.159-161. ³¹ Matte et al., J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr.2010, vol.51(4), p.488-493. ³² Squires et al., J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr.2017, vol.64(3), p.425-430. ³³ Hayshi et al., EBioMedicine.2018, vol.27, p.187-199. ³⁴ Nagasaka et al., J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr.2007, vol.45(1), p.96-105. ³⁵ Wang et al., PLoS One.2016; vol.11(4): e0153114. ³⁶ Narchi et al., Saudi J Gastroenterol.2017, vol.23(5), p.303–305. 3 ⁷ Alashkar et al., Blood 2015, vol.126, No.23. Meeting Info.: 57th Annual Meeting of the American- Society-of-Hematology. Orlando, FL, USA. December 05 -08, 2015. Amer Soc Hematol. 3 ⁸ Ferreira et al., Pediatric Transplantation 2013, vol.17, Supp. SUPPL.1, pp.99. Abstract Number: 239. Meeting Info: IPTA 7th Congress on Pediatric Transplantation. Warsaw, Poland.13 Jul 2013- 16 Jul 2013. 3 ⁹ Pauli-Magnus et al., J Hepatol.2005, vol.43(2), p.342-357. 4 ⁰ Jericho et al., Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition 2015, vol.60(3), p.368-374. 4 ¹ van der Woerd et al., PLoS One.2013, vol.8(11): e80553. 4 ² Copeland et al., J Gastroenterol Hepatol.2013, vol.28(3), p.560-564. 4 ³ Dröge et al., J Hepatol.2017, vol.67(6), p.1253-1264. 4 ⁴ Chen et al., Journal of Pediatrics 2002, vol.140(1), p.119-124. 4 ⁵ Jirsa et al., Hepatol Res.2004, vol.30(1), p.1-3. 4 ⁶ van der Woerd et al., Hepatology 2015, vol.61(4), p.1382-1391. In some embodiments, the mutation in ATP8B1 is selected from L127P, G308V, T456M, D554N, F529del, I661T, E665X, R930X, R952X, R1014X, and G1040R. Canonical Protein Sequence of ABCB11 (SEQ ID NO: 3) – Uniprot ID O95342 Canonical DNA Sequence of ABCB11 (SEQ ID NO: 4)

Table 4. Exemplary ABCB11 Mutations Table 5. Selected ABCB11 Mutations Associated with PFIC-2

A A mutation to ‘X’ denotes an early stop codon References for Tables 4 and 5 ¹ Noe et al., J Hepatol.2005, vol.43(3), p.536-543. ² Lam et al., Am J Physiol Cell Physiol.2007, vol.293(5), p. C1709-16. ³ Stindt et al., Liver Int.2013, vol.33(10), p.1527-1735. ⁴ Gao et al., Shandong Yiyao 2012, vol.52(10), p.14-16. ⁵ Strautnieks et al., Gastroenterology.2008, vol.134(4), p.1203-1214. ⁶ Kagawa et al., Am J Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol.2008, vol.294(1), p. G58-67. ⁷ Byrne et al., Hepatology.2009, vol.49(2), p.553-567. ⁸ Chen et al., J Pediatr.2008, vol.153(6), p.825-832. ⁹ Davit-Spraul et al., Hepatology 2010, vol.51(5), p.1645-1655. ¹⁰ Dröge et al., Sci Rep.2016, vol.6: 24827. ¹¹ Lang et al., Pharmacogenet Genomics.2007, vol.17(1), p.47-60. ¹² Ellinger et al., World J Gastroenterol.2017, vol.23(29), p. :5295-5303. ¹³ Vitale et al., J Gastroenterol.2018, vol.53(8), p.945-958. ¹⁴ Knisely et al., Hepatology.2006, vol.44(2), p.478-86. ¹⁵ Ellis et al., Hepatology.2018, vol.67(4), p.1531-1545. ¹⁶ Lam et al., J Hepatol.2006, vol.44(1), p.240-242. ¹⁷ Varma et al., Hepatology 2015, vol.62(1), p.198-206. ¹⁸ Treepongkaruna et al., World J Gastroenterol.2009, vol.15(34), p.4339-4342. ¹⁹ Zarenezhad et al., Hepatitis Monthly: 2017, vol.17(2); e43500. ²⁰ Hayashi et al., Hepatol Res.2016, vol.46(2), p.192-200. ²¹ Guorui et al., Linchuang Erke Zazhi 2013, vol.31(10), 905-909. ²² van Mil et al., Gastroenterology.2004, vol.127(2), p.379-384. ²³ Anzivino et al., Dig Liver Dis.2013, vol.45(3), p.226-232. ²⁴ Park et al., World J Gastroenterol.2016, vol.22(20), p.4901-4907. ²⁵ Imagawa et al., J Hum Genet.2018, vol.63(5), p.569-577. ²⁶ Giovannoni et al., PLoS One.2015, vol.10(12): e0145021. ²⁷ Hu et al., Mol Med Rep.2014, vol.10(3), p.1264–1274. ²⁸ Lang et al,. Drug Metab Dispos.2006, vol.34(9), p.1582-1599. ²⁹ Masahata et al., Transplant Proc.2016, vol.48(9), p.3156-3162. ³⁰ Holz et al., Hepatol Commun.2018, vol.2(2), p.152-154. ³¹ Li et al., Hepatology International 2017, vol.11, No.1, Supp. Supplement 1, pp. S180. Abstract Number: OP284. ³² Francalanci et al., Laboratory Investigation 2011, vol.91, Supp. SUPPL.1, pp.360A. Abstract Number: 1526. ³³ Francalanci et al., Digestive and Liver Disease 2010, vol.42, Supp. SUPPL.1, pp. S16. Abstract Number: T.N.5. ³⁴ Shah et al., J Pediatr Genet.2017, vol.6(2), p.126-127. ³⁵ Gao et al., Hepatitis Monthly 2017, vol.17(10), e55087/1-e55087/6. ³⁶ Evason et al., Am J Surg Pathol.2011, vol.35(5), p.687-696. ³⁷ Davit-Spraul et al., Mol Genet Metab.2014, vol.113(3), p.225-229. ³⁸ Maggiore et al., J Hepatol.2010, vol.53(5), p.981-6. ³⁹ McKay et al., Version 2. F1000Res.2013; 2: 32. DOI: 10.12688/f1000research.2-32.v2 ⁴⁰ Liu et al., Pediatr Int.2013, vol.55(2), p.138-144. ⁴¹ Waisbourd-Zinman et al., Ann Hepatol.2017, vol.16(3), p.465-468. ⁴² Griffin, et al., Canadian Journal of Gastroenterology and Hepatology 2016, vol.2016. Abstract Number: A200. Meeting Info: 2016 Canadian Digestive Diseases Week, CDDW 2016. Montreal, QC, United States.26 Feb 2016-29 Feb 2016 ⁴³ Qiu et al., Hepatology 2017, vol.65(5), p.1655-1669. ⁴⁴ Imagawa et al., Sci Rep.2017, 7:41806. ⁴⁵ Kang et al., J Pathol Transl Med.2019 May 16. doi: 10.4132/jptm.2019.05.03. [Epub ahead of print] ⁴⁶ Takahashi et al., Eur J Gastroenterol Hepatol.2007, vol.19(11), p.942-6. ⁴⁷ Shimizu et al., Am J Transplant.2011, vol.11(2), p.394-398. ⁴⁸ Krawczyk et al., Ann Hepatol.2012, vol.11(5), p.710-744. ⁴⁹ Sharma et al., BMC Gastroenterol.2018, vol.18(1), p.107. ⁵⁰ Sattler et al., Journal of Hepatology 2017, vol.66, No.1, Suppl. S, pp. S177. Meeting Info.: International Liver Congress / 52nd Annual Meeting of the European-Association-for-the-Study-of- the-Liver. Amsterdam, NETHERLANDS. April 19 -23, 2017. European Assoc Study Liver. ⁵¹ Jung et al., J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr.2007, vol.44(4), p.453-458. ⁵² Sciveres. Digestive and Liver Disease 2010, vol.42, Supp. SUPPL.5, pp. S329. Abstract Number: CO18. Meeting Info: 17th National Congress SIGENP. Pescara, Italy.07 Oct 2010-09 Oct 2010 ⁵³ Sohn et al., Pediatr Gastroenterol Hepatol Nutr.2019, vol.22(2), p.201-206. ⁵⁴ Ho et al., Pharmacogenet Genomics.2010, vol.20(1), p.45-57. ⁵⁵ Wang et al., Hepatol Res.2018, vol.48(7), p.574-584. ⁵⁶ Shaprio et al., J Hum Genet.2010, vol.55(5), p.308-313. ⁵⁷ Bounford. University of Birmingham. Dissertation Abstracts International, (2016) Vol.75, No.1C. Order No.: AAI10588329. ProQuest Dissertations & Theses. ⁵⁸ Stolz et al., Aliment Pharmacol Ther.2019, vol.49(9), p.1195-1204. ⁵⁹ Jankowska et al., J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr.2014, vol.58(1), p.92-95. ⁶⁰ Kim. Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition 2016, vol.62, Supp. SUPPL.1, pp.620. Abstract Number: H-P-045. Meeting Info: 49th Annual Meeting of the European Society for Paediatric Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Nutrition, ESPGHAN 2016. Athens, Greece.25 May 2016-28 May 2016. ⁶¹ Pauli-Magnus et al., Hepatology 2003, vol.38, No.4 Suppl.1, pp.518A. print. Meeting Info.: 54th Annual Meeting of the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases. Boston, MA, USA. October 24-28, 2003. American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases. ⁶² Li et al., Hepatology International 2017, vol.11, No.1, Supp. Supplement 1, pp. S362. Abstract Number: PP0347. Meeting Info: 26th Annual Conference of the Asian Pacific Association for the Study of the Liver, APASL 2017. Shanghai, China.15 Feb 2017-19 Feb 2017. ⁶³ Rumbo et al., Transplantation 2018, vol.102, No.7, Supp. Supplement 1, pp. S848. Abstract Number: P.752. Meeting Info: 27th International Congress of The Transplantation Society, TTS 2018. Madrid, Spain.30 Jun 2018-05 Jul 2018. ⁶⁴ Lee et al., Pediatr Gastroenterol Hepatol Nutr.2017, vol.20(2), p.114-123. ⁶⁵ Sherrif et al., Liver international: official journal of the International Association for the Study of the Liver 2013, vol.33, No.8, pp.1266-1270. ⁶⁶ Blackmore et al., J Clin Exp Hepatol.2013, vol.3(2), p.159-161. ⁶⁷ Matte et al., J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr.2010, vol.51(4), p.488-493. ⁶⁸ Lin et al., Zhongguo Dang Dai Er Ke Za Zhi.2018, vol.20(9), p.758-764. ⁶⁹ Harmanci et al., Experimental and Clinical Transplantation 2015, vol.13, Supp. SUPPL.2, pp.76. Abstract Number: P62. Meeting Info: 1st Congress of the Turkic World Transplantation Society. Astana, Kazakhstan.20 May 2015-22 May 2015. ⁷⁰ Herbst et al., Mol Cell Probes.2015, vol.29(5), p.291-298. ⁷¹ Moghadamrad et al., Hepatology.2013, vol.57(6), p.2539-2541. ⁷² Holz et al., Zeitschrift fur Gastroenterologie 2016, vol.54, No.8. Abstract Number: KV275. Meeting Info: Viszeralmedizin 2016, 71. Jahrestagung der Deutschen Gesellschaft fur Gastroenterologie, Verdauungs- und Stoffwechselkrankheiten mit Sektion Endoskopie - 10. Herbsttagung der Deutschen Gesellschaft fur Allgemein- und Viszeralchirurgie. Hamburg, Germany.21 Sep 2016-24 Sep 2016. ⁷³ Wang et al., PLoS One.2016; vol.11(4): e0153114. ⁷⁴ Hao et al., International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Pathology 2017, vol.10(3), p.3480- 3487. ⁷⁵ Arnell et al., J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr.2010, vol.51(4), p.494-499. ⁷⁶ Sharma et al., Indian Journal of Gastroenterology 2017, vol.36, No.1, Supp. Supplement 1, pp. A99. Abstract Number: M-20. Meeting Info: 58th Annual Conference of the Indian Society of Gastroenterology, ISGCON 2017. Bhubaneswar, India.14 Dec 2017-17 Dec 2017. ⁷⁷ Beauséjour et al., Can J Gastroenterol.2011, vol.25(6), p.311-314. ⁷⁸ Imagawa et al., Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition 2016, vol.63, Supp. Supplement 2, pp. S51. Abstract Number: 166. Meeting Info: World Congress of Pediatric Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Nutrition 2016. Montreal, QC, Canada.05 Oct 2016-08 Oct 2016. ⁷⁹ Peng et al., Zhonghua er ke za zhi (Chinese journal of pediatrics) 2018, vol.56, No.6, pp.440-444. ⁸⁰ Tibesar et al., Case Rep Pediatr.2014, vol.2014: 185923. ⁸¹ Ng et al., Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition 2018, vol.66, Supp. Supplement 2, pp.860. Abstract Number: H-P-127. Meeting Info: 51st Annual Meeting European Society for Paediatric Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Nutrition, ESPGHAN 2018. Geneva, Switzerland.09 May 2018-12 May 2018. ⁸² Wong et al., Clin Chem.2008, vol.54(7), p.1141-1148. ⁸³ Pauli-Magnus et al., J Hepatol.2005, vol.43(2), p.342-357. ⁸⁴ Jericho et al., Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition.60, vol.3, p.368-374. ⁸⁵ Scheimann et al., Gastroenterology 2007, vol.132, No.4, Suppl.2, pp. A452. Meeting Info.: Digestive Disease Week Meeting/108th Annual Meeting of the American-Gastroenterological- Association. Washington, DC, USA. May 19 -24, 2007. Amer Gastroenterol Assoc; Amer Assoc Study Liver Dis; Amer Soc Gastrointestinal Endoscopy; Soc Surg Alimentary Tract. ⁸⁶ Jaquotot-Haerranz et al., Rev Esp Enferm Dig.2013, vol.105(1), p.52-54. ⁸⁷ Khosla et al., American Journal of Gastroenterology 2015, vol.110, No. Suppl.1, pp. S397. Meeting Info.: 80th Annual Scientific Meeting of the American-College-of-Gastroenterology. Honolulu, HI, USA. October 16 -21, 2015. ⁸⁸ Dröge et al., J Hepatol.2017, vol.67(6), p.1253-1264. ⁸⁹ Liu et al., Liver International 2010, vol.30(6), p.809-815. ⁹⁰ Chen et al., Journal of Pediatrics 2002, vol.140(1), p.119-124. ⁹¹ U.S. Patent No.9,295,677 In some embodiments, the mutation in ABCB11 is selected from A167T, G238V, V284L, E297G, R470Q, R470X, D482G, R487H, A570T, N591S, A865V, G982R, R1153C, and R1268Q. Provided are methods of treating PFIC (e.g., PFIC-1 and PFIC-2) in a subject that includes performing an assay on a sample obtained from the subject to determine whether the subject has a mutation associated with PFIC (e.g., a ATP8B1, ABCB11, ABCB4, TJP2, NR1H4 or Myo5b mutation), and administering (e.g., specifically or selectively administering) a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to the subject determined to have a mutation associated with PFIC. In some embodiments, the mutation is a ATP8B1 or ABCB11 mutation. For example, a mutation as provided in any one of Tables 1-4. In some embodiments, the mutation in ATP8B1 is selected from L127P, G308V, T456M, D554N, F529del, I661T, E665X, R930X, R952X, R1014X, and G1040R. In some embodiments, the mutation in ABCB11 is selected from A167T, G238V, V284L, E297G, R470Q, R470X, D482G, R487H, A570T, N591S, A865V, G982R, R1153C, and R1268Q. Also provided are methods for treating PFIC (e.g., PFIC-1 and PFIC-2) in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising: (a) detecting a mutation associated with PFIC (e.g., a ATP8B1, ABCB11, ABCB4, TJP2, NR1H4 or Myo5b mutation) in the subject; and (b) administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, methods for treating PFIC can include administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to a subject having a mutation associated with PFIC (e.g., a ATP8B1, ABCB11, ABCB4, TJP2, NR1H4 or Myo5b mutation). In some embodiments, the mutation is a ATP8B1 or ABCB11 mutation. For example, a mutation as provided in any one of Tables 1-4. In some embodiments, the mutation in ATP8B1 is selected from L127P, G308V, T456M, D554N, F529del, I661T, E665X, R930X, R952X, R1014X, and G1040R. In some embodiments, the mutation in ABCB11 is selected from A167T, G238V, V284L, E297G, R470Q, R470X, D482G, R487H, A570T, N591S, A865V, G982R, R1153C, and R1268Q. In some embodiments, the subject is determined to have a mutation associated with PFIC in a subject or a biopsy sample from the subject through the use of any art recognized tests, including next generation sequencsing (NGS). In some embodiments, the subject is determined to have a mutation associated with PFIC using a regulatory agency-approved, e.g., FDA-approved test or assay for identifying a mutation associated with PFIC in a subject or a biopsy sample from the subject or by performing any of the non-limiting examples of assays described herein. Additional methods of diagnosing PFIC are described in Gunaydin, M. et al., Hepat Med.2018, vol.10, p.95-104, incorporated by reference in its entirety herein. In some embodiments, the treatment of PFIC (e.g., PFIC-1 or PFIC-2) decreases the level of serum bile acids in the subject. In some embodiments, the level of serum bile acids is determined by, for example, an ELISA enzymatic assay or the assays for the measurement of total bile acids as described in Danese et al., PLoS One.2017, vol.12(6): e0179200, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. In some embodiments, the level of serum bile acids can decrease by, for example, 10% to 40%, 20% to 50%, 30% to 60%, 40% to 70%, 50% to 80%, or by more than 90% of the level of serum bile acids prior to administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the treatment of PFIC includes treatment of pruritus. Since LBAT is expressed on hepatocytes, LBAT and dual ASBT/LBAT inhibitor substances need to have at least some bioavailability and free fraction in blood. Because LBAT inhibitor compounds only need to survive from the intestine to the liver, it is expected that a relatively low systemic exposure of such compounds will be sufficient, thereby minimizing the potential risk for any side effects in the rest of the body. It is expected that inhibition of LBAT and ASBT will have at least additive effects in decreasing the intrahepatic bile acid concentration. It is also expected that a dual ASBT/LBAT inhibitor may be able to reduce bile acid levels without inducing diarrhoea, as is sometimes observed with ASBT inhibitors. Compounds having a high LBAT inhibiting potency and sufficient bioavailability are expected to be particularly suitable for the treatment of hepatitis. Compounds having a dual ASBT/LBAT inhibiting potency and sufficient bioavailability are expected to be particularly suitable for the treatment of non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). NASH is a common and serious chronic liver disease that resembles alcoholic liver disease, but that occurs in people who drink little or no alcohol. In NASH patients, fat accumulation in the liver, known as nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) or steatosis, and other factors such as high LDL cholesterol and insulin resistance induce chronic inflammation in the liver and may lead to progressive scarring of tissue, known as fibrosis, and cirrhosis, followed eventually by liver failure and death. Patients with NASH have been found to have significantly higher total serum bile acid concentrations than healthy subjects under fasting conditions (2.2- to 2.4-fold increase in NASH) and at all post-prandial time points (1.7- to 2.2-fold increase in NASH). These are driven by increased taurine- and glycine- conjugated primary and secondary bile acids. Patients with NASH exhibited greater variability in their fasting and post-prandial bile acid profile. These results indicate that patients with NASH have higher fasting and post-prandial exposure to bile acids, including the more hydrophobic and cytotoxic secondary species. Increased bile acid exposure may be involved in liver injury and the pathogenesis of NAFLD and NASH (Ferslew et al., Dig Dis Sci.2015, vol.60, p.3318–3328). It is therefore likely that ASBT and/or LBAT inhibition will be beneficial for the treatment of NASH. NAFLD is characterized by hepatic steatosis with no secondary causes of hepatic steatosis including excessive alcohol consumption, other known liver diseases, or long-term use of a steatogenic medication (Chalasani et al., Hepatology 2018, vol.67(1), p.328-357). NAFLD can be categorized into non-alcoholic fatty liver (NAFL) and non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). According to Chalasani et al., NAFL is defined as the presence of ≥ 5% hepatic steatosis without evidence of hepatocellular injury in the form of hepatocyte ballooning. NASH is defined as the presence of ≥ 5% hepatic steatosis and inflammation with hepatocyte injury (e.g., ballooning), with or without any liver fibrosis. NASH is also commonly associated with hepatic inflammation and liver fibrosis, which can progress to cirrhosis, end-stage liver disease, and hepatocellular carcinoma. While liver fibrosis is not always present in NASH, the severity of the fibrosis, when present, can be linked to long-term outcomes. There are many approaches used to assess and evaluate whether a subject has NAFLD and if so, the severity of the disease, including differentiating whether the NAFLD is NAFL or NASH. In some embodiments, the severity of NAFLD can be assessed using the NAS. In some embodiments, treatment of NAFLD can be assessed using the NAS. In some embodiments, the NAS can be determined as described in Kleiner et al., Hepatology.2005, 41(6):1313-1321, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. See, for example, Table 6 for a simplified NAS scheme adapted from Kleiner. Table 6. Example of the NAFLD Activity Score (NAS) with Fibrosis Stage In some embodiments, the NAS is determined non-invasively, for example, as described in U.S. Application Publication No.2018/0140219, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. In some embodiments, the NAS is determined for a sample from the subject prior to administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the NAS is determined during the period of time or after the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, a lower NAS score during the period of time or after the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof compared to prior to administration of the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof indicates treatment of NAFLD (e.g., NASH). For example, a decrease in the NAS by 1, by 2, by 3, by 4, by 5, by 6, or by 7 indicates treatment of NAFLD (e.g., NASH). In some embodiments, the NAS following administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is 7 or less. In some embodiments, the NAS during the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less. In some embodiments, the NAS during the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is 7 or less. In some embodiments, the NAS during the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less. In some embodiments, the NAS after the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is 7 or less. In some embodiments, the NAS after the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less. Additional approaches of assessing and evaluating NASH in a subject include determining one or more of hepatic steatosis (e.g., accumulation of fat in the liver); hepatic inflammation; biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, hepatic inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis (e.g., serum markers and panels). Further examples of physiological indicators of NASH can include liver morphology, liver stiffness, and the size or weight of the subject’s liver. In some embodiments, NASH in the subject is evidenced by an accumulation of hepatic fat and detection of a biomarker indicative of liver damage. For example, elevated serum ferritin and low titers of serum autoantibodies can be common features of NASH. In some embodiments, methods to assess NASH include magnetic resonance imaging, either by spectroscopy or by proton density fat fraction (MRI-PDFF) to quantify steatosis, transient elastography (FIBROSCAN®), hepatic venous pressure gradient (HPVG), hepatic stiffness measurement with MRE for diagnosing significant liver fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, and assessing histological features of liver biopsy. In some embodiments, magnetic resonance imaging is used to detect one or more of steatohepatitis (NASH-MRI), liver fibrosis (Fibro-MRI), and steatosis. See, for example, U.S. Application Publication Nos.2016/146715 and 2005/0215882, each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. In some embodiments, treatment of NASH can include a decrease of one or more symptoms associated with NASH; reduction in the amount of hepatic steatosis; a decrease in the NAS; a decrease in hepatic inflammation; a decrease in the level of biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis; and a reduction in fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, a lack of further progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, or a slowing of the progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis in the subject following administration of one or more doses of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, treatment of NASH comprises a decrease of one or more symptoms associated with NASH in the subject. Exemplary symptoms can include one or more of an enlarged liver, fatigue, pain in the upper right abdomen, abdominal swelling, enlarged blood vessels just beneath the skin's surface, enlarged breasts in men, enlarged spleen, red palms, jaundice, and pruritus. In some embodiments, the subject is asymptomatic. In some embodiments, the total body weight of the subject does not increase. In some embodiments, the total body weight of the subject decreases. In some embodiments, the body mass index (BMI) of the subject does not increase. In some embodiments, the body mass index (BMI) of the subject decreases. In some embodiments, the waist and hip (WTH) ratio of the subject does not increase. In some embodiments, the waist and hip (WTH) ratio of the subject decreases. In some embodiments, treatment of NASH can be assessed by measuring hepatic steatosis. In some embodiments, treatment of NASH comprises a reduction in hepatic steatosis following administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as described herein. In some embodiments, hepatic steatosis is determined by one or more methods selected from the group consisting of ultrasonography, computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging, magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS), magnetic resonance elastography (MRE), transient elastography (TE) (e.g., FIBROSCAN®), measurement of liver size or weight, or by liver biopsy (see, e.g., Di Lascio et al., Ultrasound Med Biol.2018, vol.44(8), p.1585-1596; Lv et al., J Clin Transl Hepatol.2018, vol.6(2), p.217-221; Reeder et al., J Magn Reson Imaging.2011, vol.34(4), spcone; and de Lédinghen V, et al., J Gastroenterol Hepatol.2016, vol.31(4), p.848-855, each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties). A subject diagnosed with NASH can have greater than about 5% hepatic steatosis, for example, greater than about 5% to about 25%, about 25% to about 45%, about 45% to about 65%, or greater than about 65% hepatic steatosis. In some embodiments, a subject with greater than about 5% to about 33% hepatic steatosis has stage 1 hepatic steatosis, a subject with about 33% to about 66% hepatic steatosis has stage 2 hepatic steatosis, and a subject with greater than about 66% hepatic steatosis has stage 3 hepatic steatosis. In some embodiments, the amount of hepatic steatosis is determined prior to administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the amount of hepatic steatosis is determined during the period of time or after the period of time of administration of the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, a reduction in the amount of hepatic steatosis during the period of time or after the period of time of administration of the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, compared to prior to administration of the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, indicates treatment of NASH. For example, a reduction in the amount of hepatic steatosis by about 1% to about 50%, about 25% to about 75%, or about 50% to about 100% indicates treatment of NASH. In some embodiments, a reduction in the amount of hepatic steatosis by about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, or about 95% indicates treatment of NASH. In some embodiments, the presence of hepatic inflammation is determined by one or more methods selected from the group consisting of biomarkers indicative of hepatic inflammation and a liver biopsy sample(s) from the subject. In some embodiments, the severity of hepatic inflammation is determined from a liver biopsy sample(s) from the subject. For example, hepatic inflammation in a liver biopsy sample can be assessed as described in Kleiner et al., Hepatology 2005, vol.41(6), p. 1313-1321 and Brunt et al., Am J Gastroenterol 1999, vol.94, p.2467-2474, each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties. In some embodiments, the severity of hepatic inflammation is determined prior to administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the severity of hepatic inflammation is determined during the period of time or after the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, a decrease in the severity of hepatic inflammation during the period of time or after the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, compared to prior to administration of the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, indicates treatment of NASH. For example, a decrease in the severity of hepatic inflammation by about 1% to about 50%, about 25% to about 75%, or about 50% to about 100% indicates treatment of NASH. In some embodiments, a decrease in the severity of hepatic inflammation by about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, or about 95% indicates treatment of NASH. In some embodiments, treatment of NASH comprises treatment of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, e.g., a decrease in the severity of fibrosis, a lack of further progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, or a slowing of the progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis. In some embodiments, the presence of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis is determined by one or more methods selected from the group consisting of transient elastography (e.g., FIBROSCAN®), non-invasive markers of hepatic fibrosis, and histological features of a liver biopsy. In some embodiments, the severity (e.g., stage) of fibrosis is determined by one or more methods selected from the group consisting of transient elastography (e.g., FIBROSCAN®), a fibrosis-scoring system, biomarkers of hepatic fibrosis (e.g., non-invasive biomarkers), and hepatic venous pressure gradient (HVPG). Non-limiting examples of fibrosis scoring systems include the NAFLD fibrosis scoring system (see, e.g., Angulo et al., Hepatology 2007, vol. 45(4), p.846-54), the fibrosis scoring system in Brunt et al., Am. J. Gastroenterol.1999, vol.94, p. 2467-2474, the fibrosis scoring system in Kleiner et al., Hepatology 2005, vol.41(6), p.1313-1321, and the ISHAK fibrosis scoring system (see Ishak et al., J. Hepatol.1995, vol.22, p.696-699), the contents of each of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. In some embodiments, the severity of fibrosis is determined prior to administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the severity of fibrosis is determined during the period of time or after the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, a decrease in the severity of fibrosis during the period of time or after the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, compared to prior to administration of the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, indicates treatment of NASH. In some embodiments, a decrease in the severity of fibrosis, a lack of further progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, or a slowing of the progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis indicates treatment of NASH. In some embodiments, the severity of fibrosis is determined using a scoring system such as any of the fibrosis scoring systems described herein, for example, the score can indicate the stage of fibrosis, e.g., stage 0 (no fibrosis), stage 1, stage 2, stage 3, and stage 4 (cirrhosis) (see, e.g., Kleiner et al). In some embodiments, a decrease in the stage of the fibrosis is a decrease in the severity of the fibrosis. For example, a decrease by 1, 2, 3, or 4 stages is a decrease in the severity of the fibrosis. In some embodiments, a decrease in the stage, e.g., from stage 4 to stage 3, from stage 4 to stage 2, from stage 4 to stage 1, from stage 4 to stage 0, from stage 3 to stage 2, from stage 3 to stage 1, from stage 3 to stage 0, from stage 2 to stage 1, from stage 2 to stage 0, or from stage 1 to stage 0 indicates treatment of NASH. In some embodiments, the stage of fibrosis decreases from stage 4 to stage 3, from stage 4 to stage 2, from stage 4 to stage 1, from stage 4 to stage 0, from stage 3 to stage 2, from stage 3 to stage 1, from stage 3 to stage 0, from stage 2 to stage 1, from stage 2 to stage 0, or from stage 1 to stage 0 following administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, compared to prior to administration of the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the stage of fibrosis decreases from stage 4 to stage 3, from stage 4 to stage 2, from stage 4 to stage 1, from stage 4 to stage 0, from stage 3 to stage 2, from stage 3 to stage 1, from stage 3 to stage 0, from stage 2 to stage 1, from stage 2 to stage 0, or from stage 1 to stage 0 during the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, compared to prior to administration of the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the stage of fibrosis decreases from stage 4 to stage 3, from stage 4 to stage 2, from stage 4 to stage 1, from stage 4 to stage 0, from stage 3 to stage 2, from stage 3 to stage 1, from stage 3 to stage 0, from stage 2 to stage 1, from stage 2 to stage 0, or from stage 1 to stage 0 after the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, compared to prior to administration of the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the presence of NASH is determined by one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis or scoring systems thereof. In some embodiments, the severity of NASH is determined by one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis or scoring systems thereof. The level of the biomarker can be determined by, for example, measuring, quantifying, and monitoring the expression level of the gene or mRNA encoding the biomarker and/or the peptide or protein of the biomarker. Non-limiting examples of biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis and/or scoring systems thereof include the aspartate aminotransferase (AST) to platelet ratio index (APRI); the aspartate aminotransferase (AST) and alanine aminotransferase (ALT) ratio (AAR); the FIB-4 score, which is based on the APRI, alanine aminotransferase (ALT) levels, and age of the subject (see, e.g., McPherson et al., Gut 2010, vol.59(9), p.1265-9, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety); hyaluronic acid; pro-inflammatory cytokines; a panel of biomarkers consisting of α2- macroglobulin, haptoglobin, apolipoprotein A1, bilirubin, gamma glutamyl transpeptidase (GGT) combined with a subject’s age and gender to generate a measure of fibrosis and necroinflammatory activity in the liver (e.g., FIBROTEST®, FIBROSURE®), a panel of biomarkers consisting of bilirubin, gamma-glutamyltransferase, hyaluronic acid, α2-macroglobulin combined with the subject’s age and sex (e.g., HEPASCORE®; see, e.g., Adams et al., Clin. Chem.2005, vol.51(10), p.1867-1873), and a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase-1, hyaluronic acid, and α2- macroglobulin (e.g., FIBROSPECT®); a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases 1 (TIMP-1), amino-terminal propeptide of type III procollagen (PIIINP) and hyaluronic acid (HA) (e.g., the Enhanced Liver Fibrosis (ELF) score, see, e.g., Lichtinghagen R, et al., J Hepatol.2013 Aug;59(2):236-42, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety). In some embodiments, the presence of fibrosis is determined by one or more of the FIB-4 score, a panel of biomarkers consisting of α2-macroglobulin, haptoglobin, apolipoprotein A1, bilirubin, gamma glutamyl transpeptidase (GGT) combined with a subject’s age and gender to generate a measure of fibrosis and necroinflammatory activity in the liver (e.g., FIBROTEST®, FIBROSURE®), a panel of biomarkers consisting of bilirubin, gamma-glutamyltransferase, hyaluronic acid, α2-macroglobulin combined with the subject’s age and sex (e.g., HEPASCORE®; see, e.g., Adams et al., Clin. Chem.2005, vol.51(10), p.1867-1873), and a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase-1, hyaluronic acid, and α2-macroglobulin (e.g., FIBROSPECT®); and a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases 1 (TIMP-1), amino-terminal propeptide of type III procollagen (PIIINP) and hyaluronic acid (HA) (e.g., the Enhanced Liver Fibrosis (ELF) score). In some embodiments, the level of aspartate aminotransferase (AST) does not increase. In some embodiments, the level of aspartate aminotransferase (AST) decreases. In some embodiments, the level of alanine aminotransferase (ALT) does not increase. In some embodiments, the level of alanine aminotransferase (ALT) decreases. In some embodiments, the “level” of an enzyme refers to the concentration of the enzyme, e.g., within blood. For example, the level of AST or ALT can be expressed as Units/L. In some embodiments, the severity of fibrosis is determined by one or more of the FIB-4 score, a panel of biomarkers consisting of α2-macroglobulin, haptoglobin, apolipoprotein A1, bilirubin, gamma glutamyl transpeptidase (GGT) combined with a subject’s age and gender to generate a measure of fibrosis and necroinflammatory activity in the liver (e.g., FIBROTEST®, FIBROSURE®), a panel of biomarkers consisting of bilirubin, gamma-glutamyltransferase, hyaluronic acid, α2- macroglobulin combined with the subject’s age and sex (e.g., HEPASCORE®; see, e.g., Adams et al., Clin. Chem.2005, vol.51(10), p.1867-1873, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety), and a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase-1, hyaluronic acid, and α2-macroglobulin (e.g., FIBROSPECT®); and a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases 1 (TIMP-1), amino-terminal propeptide of type III procollagen (PIIINP) and hyaluronic acid (HA) (e.g., the Enhanced Liver Fibrosis (ELF) score). In some embodiments, hepatic inflammation is determined by the level of liver inflammation biomarkers, e.g., pro-inflammatory cytokines. Non-limiting examples of biomarkers indicative of liver inflammation include interleukin-(IL) 6, interleukin-(IL) 1β, tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-α, transforming growth factor (TGF)-β, monocyte chemotactic protein (MCP)-1, C-reactive protein (CRP), PAI-1, and collagen isoforms such as Col1a1, Col1a2, and Col4a1 (see, e.g., Neuman, et al., Can. J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol.2014, vol.28(11), p.607-618 and U.S. Patent No.9,872,844, each of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties). Liver inflammation can also be assessed by change of macrophage infiltration, e.g., measuring a change of CD68 expression level. In some embodiments, liver inflammation can be determined by measuring or monitoring serum levels or circulating levels of one or more of interleukin-(IL) 6, interleukin-(IL) 1β, tumor necrosis factor (TNF)- α, transforming growth factor (TGF)-β, monocyte chemotactic protein (MCP)-1, and C-reactive protein (CRP). In some embodiments, the level of one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis is determined for a sample from the subject prior to administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the level of one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis is determined during the period of time or after the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, a decrease in the level of one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis during the period of time or after the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, compared to prior to administration of the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, indicates treatment of NASH. For example, a decrease in the level of one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis by at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 99% indicates treatment of NASH. In some embodiments, the decrease in the level of one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis following administration of the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is by at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 99%. In some embodiments, the level of one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis during the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is by at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 99%. In some embodiments, the level of one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis after the period of time of administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is by at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 99%. In some embodiments, the treatment of NASH decreases the level of serum bile acids in the subject. In some embodiments, the level of serum bile acids is determined by, for example, an ELISA enzymatic assay or the assays for the measurement of total bile acids as described in Danese et al., PLoS One.2017, vol.12(6): e0179200, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. In some embodiments, the level of serum bile acids can decrease by, for example, 10% to 40%, 20% to 50%, 30% to 60%, 40% to 70%, 50% to 80%, or by more than 90% of the level of serum bile acids prior to administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the NASH is NASH with attendant cholestasis. In cholestasis, the release of bile, including bile acids, from the liver is blocked. Bile acids can cause hepatocyte damage (see, e.g., Perez MJ, Briz O. World J. Gastroenterol.2009, vol.15(14), p.1677-1689) likely leading to or increasing the progression of fibrosis (e.g., cirrhosis) and increasing the risk of hepatocellular carcinoma (see, e.g., Sorrentino P et al., Dig. Dis. Sci.2005, vol.50(6), p.1130-1135 and Satapathy SK and Sanyal AJ. Semin. Liver Dis.2015, vol.35(3), p.221-235, each of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties). In some embodiments, the treatment of NASH includes treatment of pruritus. In some embodiments, the treatment of NASH with attendant cholestasis includes treatment of pruritus. In some embodiments, a subject with NASH with attendant cholestasis has pruritus. Exemplary biomarkers for NASH are provided in Table 7. Table 7. Exemplary NASH biomarkers Liver Fibrosis Biomarkers Aspartate aminotransferase (AST) to platelet ratio index (APRI) Aspartate aminotransferase (AST) and alanine aminotransferase (ALT) ratio (AAR) FIB-4 score ¹ Hyaluronic acid Pro-inflammatory cytokines A panel including α2-macroglobulin, haptoglobin, apolipoprotein A1, bilirubin, gamma glutamyl transpeptidase (GGT) combined with a subject’s age and gender to generate a measure of fibrosis and necroinflammatory activity in the liver (e.g., FIBROTEST®, FIBROSURE®) A panel including bilirubin, gamma-glutamyltransferase, hyaluronic acid, α2- macroglobulin combined with the subject’s age and sex (e.g., HEPASCORE® ² ) A panel including tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase-1, hyaluronic acid, and α2- macroglobulin (e.g., FIBROSPECT®) A panel including tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases 1 (TIMP-1), amino- terminal propeptide of type III procollagen (PIIINP) and hyaluronic acid (HA) (e.g., the Enhanced Liver Fibrosis (ELF) score ³ ) Liver inflammation biomarkers ^4,5 Interleukin-(IL) 6 Interleukin-(IL) 1β Tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-α Transforming growth factor (TGF)-β Monocyte chemotactic protein (MCP)-1 C-reactive protein (CRP) PAI-1 Collagen isoforms (e.g., Col1a1, Col1a2, and Col4a1) Change of macrophage infiltration (e.g., a change of CD68 expression level) References for Table 7 ¹ McPherson et al., Gut.2010, vol.59(9), p.1265-1269. ² Adams, et al. Clin Chem.2005, vol.51(10), p.1867-1873. ³ Lichtinghagen, et al. J Hepatol.2013, vol.59(2), p.236-242. ⁴ Neuman, et al. Can J Gastroenterol Hepatol.2014, vol.28(11), p.607–618. ⁵ U.S. Patent No.9,872,844 Some compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may show a higher free fraction in plasma. In some embodiments, the free fraction is greater than about 0.2%, such as greater than about 0.4%, such as greater than about 0.6%, such as greater than about 0.8%, such as greater than about 1.0%, such as greater than about 1.25%, such as greater than about 1.5%, such as greater than about 1.75%, such as greater than about 2.0%, such as greater than about 2.5%, such as greater than about 3%, such as greater than about 4%, such as greater than about 5%, such as greater than about 7.5%, such as greater than about 10%, or such as greater than about 20%. Some compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may be excreted in urine. In some embodiments, the fraction of the compound that is excreted in urine is greater than about 0.2%, such as greater than about 0.4%, such as greater than about 0.6%, such as greater than about 0.8%, such as greater than about 1.0%, such as greater than about 2%, such as greater than about 3%, such as greater than about 5%, such as greater than about 7.5%, such as greater than about 10%, such as greater than about 15%, such as greater than about 20%, such as greater than about 30%, or such as greater than about 50%. Following absorption from the intestine, some compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may be circulated via the enterohepatic circulation. In some embodiments, the fraction of the compound that is circulated via the enterohepatic circulation is greater than about 0.1%, such as greater than about 0.2%, such as greater than about 0.3%, such as greater than about 0.5%, such as greater than about 1.0%, such as greater than about 1.5%, such as greater than about 2%, such as greater than about 3%, such as greater than about 5%, such as greater than about 7%, such as greater than about 10%, such as greater than about 15%, such as greater than about 20%, such as greater than about 30% or such as greater than about 50%. Some compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may cause renal excretion of bile salts. In some embodiments, the fraction of circulating bile acids that is excreted by the renal route is greater than about 1 %, such as greater than about 2%, such as greater than about 5%, such as greater than about 7%, such as greater than about 10%, such as greater than about 15%, such as greater than about 20%, or such as greater than about 25%. Some compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may show improved or optimal permeability. The permeability may be measured in Caco2 cells, and values are given as Papp (apparent permeability) values in cm/s. In some embodiments, the permeability is greater than at least about 0.1 x 10 ^-6 cm/s, such as greater than about 0.2 x 10 ^-6 cm/s, such as greater than about 0.4 x 10 ^-6 cm/s, such as greater than about 0.7 x 10 ^-6 cm/s, such as greater than about 1.0 x 10 ^-6 cm/s, such as greater than about 2 x 10 ^-6 cm/s, such as greater than about 3 x 10 ^-6 cm/s, such as greater than about 5 x 10 ^-6 cm/s, such as greater than about 7 x 10 ^-6 cm/s, such as greater than about 10 x 10 ^-6 cm/s, such as greater than about 15 x 10 ^-6 cm/s. Some compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may show an improved or optimal bioavailability. In some embodiments, the oral bioavailability is greater than about 5%, such as greater than about 7%, such as greater than about 10%, such as greater than about 15%, such as greater than about 20%, such as greater than about 30%, such as greater than about 40%, such as greater than about 50 %, such as greater than about 60 %, such as greater than about 70% or such as greater than about 80%. In other embodiments, the oral bioavailability is between about 10 and about 90%, such as between about 20 and about 80%, such as between about 30 and about 70% or such as between about 40 and about 60%. Some compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may be a substrate to relevant transporters in the kidney. Some compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may give rise to concentrations of bile acids in the intestine, the liver and in serum that do not cause adverse gastrointestinal effects. Some compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may decrease the concentration of bile acids in the liver without causing gastrointestinal disorders such as diarrhoea. As used herein, the terms "treatment", "treat" and "treating" refer to reversing, alleviating, delaying the onset of, or inhibiting the progress of a disease or disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof, as described herein. In some embodiments, treatment may be administered after one or more symptoms have developed. In other embodiments, treatment may be administered in the absence of symptoms. For example, treatment may be administered to a susceptible individual prior to the onset of symptoms (e.g., in light of a history of symptoms and/or in light of genetic or other susceptibility factors). Treatment may also be continued after symptoms have resolved, for example to prevent or delay their recurrence. A suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the invention is, for example, a base- addition salt of a compound of the invention which is sufficiently acidic, such as an alkali metal salt (e.g., a sodium or potassium salt), an alkaline earth metal salt (e.g., a calcium or magnesium salt), an ammonium salt, or a salt with an organic base which affords a physiologically acceptable cation, for example a salt with methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, piperidine, morpholine or tris-(2- hydroxyethyl)amine. Some compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may have chiral centres and/or geometric isomeric centres (E- and Z-isomers). It is to be understood that the invention encompasses all such optical isomers, diastereoisomers and geometric isomers that possess ASBT and/or LBAT inhibitory activity. The invention also encompasses any and all tautomeric forms of compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, that possess ASBT and/or LBAT inhibitory activity. Certain compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms, such as, for example, hydrated forms. It is to be understood that the invention encompasses all such solvated forms that possess ASBT and/or LBAT inhibitory activity. In another aspect, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. The excipients may e.g. include fillers, binders, disintegrants, glidants and lubricants. In general, pharmaceutical compositions may be prepared in a conventional manner using conventional excipients. Examples of suitable fillers include, but are not limited to, dicalcium phosphate dihydrate, calcium sulfate, lactose (such as lactose monohydrate), sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, dry starch, hydrolyzed starches and pregelatinized starch. In certain embodiments, the filler is mannitol and/or microcrystalline cellulose. Examples of suitable binders include, but are not limited to, starch, pregelatinized starch, gelatin, sugars (such as sucrose, glucose, dextrose, lactose and sorbitol), polyethylene glycol, waxes, natural and synthetic gums (such as acacia gum and tragacanth gum), sodium alginate, cellulose derivatives (such as hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (or hypromellose), hydroxypropylcellulose and ethylcellulose) and synthetic polymers (such as acrylic acid and methacrylic acid copolymers, methacrylic acid copolymers, methyl methacrylate copolymers, aminoalkyl methacrylate copolymers, polyacrylic acid/polymethacrylic acid copolymers and polyvinylpyrrolidone (povidone)). In certain embodiments, the binder is hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (hypromellose). Examples of suitable disintegrants include, but are not limited to, dry starch, modified starch (such as (partially) pregelatinized starch, sodium starch glycolate and sodium carboxymethyl starch), alginic acid, cellulose derivatives (such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and low substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose (L-HPC)) and cross-linked polymers (such as carmellose, croscarmellose sodium, carmellose calcium and cross-linked PVP (crospovidone)). In certain embodiments, the disintegrant is croscarmellose sodium. Examples of suitable glidants and lubricants include, but are not limited to, talc, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate, colloidal silica, aqueous silicon dioxide, synthetic magnesium silicate, fine granulated silicon oxide, starch, sodium lauryl sulfate, boric acid, magnesium oxide, waxes (such as carnauba wax), hydrogenated oil, polyethylene glycol, sodium benzoate, polyethylene glycol, and mineral oil. In certain embodiments, the glidant or lubricant is magnesium stearate or colloidal silica. The pharmaceutical composition may be conventionally coated with one or more coating layers. Enteric coating layers or coating layers for delayed or targeted release of the compound of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are also contemplated. The coating layers may comprise one or more coating agents, and may optionally comprise plasticizers and/or pigments (or colorants). Example of suitable coating agents include, but are not limited to, cellulose-based polymers (such as ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (or hypromellose), hydroxypropylcellulose, cellulose acetate phthalate, cellulose acetate succinate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate), vinyl-based polymers (such as polyvinyl alcohol) and polymers based on acrylic acid and derivatives thereof (such as acrylic acid and methacrylic acid copolymers, methacrylic acid copolymers, methyl methacrylate copolymers, aminoalkyl methacrylate copolymers, polyacrylic acid/polymethacrylic acid copolymers). In certain embodiments, the coating agent is hydroxypropylmethylcellulose. In other embodiments, the coating agent is polyvinyl alcohol. Examples of suitable plasticizers include, but are not limited to, triethyl citrate, glyceryl triacetate, tributyl citrate, diethyl phthalate, acetyl tributyl citrate, dibutyl phthalate, dibutyl sebacate and polyethylene glycol. In certain embodiments, the plasticizer is polyethylene glycol. Examples of suitable pigments include, but are not limited to, titanium dioxide, iron oxides (such as yellow, brown, red or black iron oxides) and barium sulfate. The pharmaceutical composition may be in a form that is suitable for oral administration, for parenteral injection (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular and intravascular injection), for topical administration of for rectal administration. In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is in a form that is suitable for oral administration, such as a tablet or a capsule. The dosage required for the therapeutic or prophylactic treatment will depend on the route of administration, the severity of the disease, the age and weight of the patient and other factors normally considered by the attending physician, when determining the appropriate regimen and dosage level for a particular patient. The amount of the compound to be administered will vary for the patient being treated, and may vary from about 1 µg/kg of body weight to about 50 mg/kg of body weight per day. A unit dose form, such as a tablet or capsule, will usually contain about 1 to about 250 mg of active ingredient, such as about 1 to about 100 mg, or such as about 1 to about 50 mg, or such as about 1 to about 20 mg, e.g. about 2.5 mg, or about 5 mg, or about 10 mg, or about 15 mg. The daily dose can be administered as a single dose or divided into one, two, three or more unit doses. An orally administered daily dose of a bile acid modulator is preferably within about 0.1 to about 250 mg, more preferably within about 1 to about 100 mg, such as within about 1 to about 5 mg, such as within about 1 to about 10 mg, such as within about 1 to about 15 mg, or such as within about 1 to about 20 mg. In another aspect, the invention relates to a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use as a medicament. The invention also relates to the use of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as a medicament. In another aspect, the invention relates to a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment or prevention of any of the diseases recited herein. The invention also relates to the use of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of any of the diseases recited herein. The invention also relates to a method of treating or preventing any of the diseases recited herein in a subject, such as man, comprising administering to the subject in need of such treatment or prevention a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Combination therapy In one aspect of the invention, the compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with at least one other therapeutically active agent, such as with one, two, three or more other therapeutically active agents. The compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the at least one other therapeutically active agent may be administered simultaneously, sequentially or separately. Therapeutically active agents that are suitable for combination with the compounds of formula (I) include, but are not limited to, known active agents that are useful in the treatment of any of the aforementioned conditions, disorders and diseases. In one embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with another ASBT inhibitor. Suitable ASBT inhibitors are disclosed in WO 93/16055, WO 94/18183, WO 94/18184, WO 96/05188, WO 96/08484, WO 96/16051, WO 97/33882, WO 98/03818, WO 98/07449, WO 98/40375, WO 99/35135, WO 99/64409, WO 99/64410, WO 00/47568, WO 00/61568, WO 00/38725, WO 00/38726, WO 00/38727, WO 00/38728, WO 00/38729, WO 01/66533, WO 01/68096, WO 02/32428, WO 02/50051, WO 03/020710, WO 03/022286, WO 03/022825, WO 03/022830, WO 03/061663, WO 03/091232, WO 03/106482, WO 2004/006899, WO 2004/076430, WO 2007/009655, WO 2007/009656, WO 2011/137135, WO 2019/234077, WO 2020/161216, WO 2020/161217, DE 19825804, EP 864582, EP 489423, EP 549967, EP 573848, EP 624593, EP 624594, EP 624595, EP 624596, EP 0864582, EP 1173205, EP 1535913 and EP 3210977, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a bile acid binder (also referred to as a bile acid sequestrant, or a resin), such as colesevelam, cholestyramine or cholestipol. In a preferred embodiment of such a combination, the bile acid binder is formulated for colon release. Examples of such formulations are disclosed in e.g. WO 2017/138877, WO 2017/138878, WO 2019/032026 and WO 2019/032027, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a DPP-IV inhibitor, including gliptins such as sitagliptin, vildagliptin, saxagliptin, linagliptin, gemigliptin, anagliptin, teneligliptin, alogliptin, trelagliptin, omarigliptin, evogliptin, gosogliptin and dutogliptin, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an HMG CoA reductase inhibitor, such as fluvastatin, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, atorvastatin, pitavastatin cerivastatin, mevastatin, rosuvastatin, bervastatin or dalvastatin, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a cholesterol absorption inhibitor such as ezetimibe, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a PPAR alpha agonist, including fibrates such as clofibrate, bezafibrate, ciprofibrate, clinofribrate, clofibride, fenofibrate, gemfibrozil, ronifibrate and simfribrate, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a PPAR gamma agonist, including thiazolidinediones such as pioglitazone, rosiglitazone and lobeglitazone, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a dual PPAR alpha/gamma agonist, including glitazars such as saroglitazar, aleglitazar, muraglitazar or tesaglitazar, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a dual PPAR alpha/delta agonist, such as elafibranor. In yet another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a pan PPAR agonist (i.e. a PPAR agonist that has activity across all subtypes: α, γ and δ), such as IVA337. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a farnesoid X receptor (FXR) modulators, including FXR agonists such as cafestol, chenodeoxycholic acid, 6α-ethyl-chenodeoxycholic acid (obeticholic acid; INT-747), fexaramine, tropifexor, cilofexor and MET409. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a TGR5 receptor modulator, including TGR5 agonists such as 6α- ethyl-23(S)-methylcholic acid (INT-777). In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a dual FXR/TGR5 agonist such as INT-767. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with ursodeoxycholic acid (UDCA). In yet another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with nor-ursodeoxycholic acid (nor-UDCA). In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an FGF19 modulator, such as NGM282. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an FGF21 agonist, such as BMS-986036. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an integrin inhibitor, such as PLN-74809 and PLN-1474. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a CCR2/CCR5 inhibitor, such as cenicriviroc. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a caspase protease inhibitor, such as emricasan. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a galectin-3 inhibitor, such as GR-MD-02. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a stearoyl-CoA desaturase (SCD) Inhibitor, such as aramchol (arachidyl amido cholanoic acid). In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an apoptosis signal-regulating kinase 1 (ASK1) inhibitor, such as selonsertib. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an LOXL2 inhibitor, such as simtuzumab. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an ACC inhibitor, such as GS-0976. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a thyroid hormone receptor-β agonist, such as MGL3196. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a GLP-1 agonist such as liraglutide. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a dual glucagon-like peptide and glucagon receptor agonists, such as SAR425899. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a mitochondrial pyruvate carrier inhibitor, such as MSDC-0602K. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an anti-oxidant agent, such as vitamin E. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an SGLT1 inhibitor, an SGLT2 inhibitor or a dual SGLT1 and SGLT2 inhibitor. Examples of such compounds are dapagliflozin, sotagliflozin, canagliflozin, empagliflozin, LIK066 and SGL5213. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a diacylglycerol O-Acyltransferase 2 (DGAT2) inhibitor, such as DGAT2RX and PF-06865571. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a fatty acid synthase (FASN) Inhibitor, such as TVB-2640. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an AMP-activated protein kinase (AMPK) activator, such as PXL- 770. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a glucocorticoid receptor antagonist (GR), a mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist (MR), or a dual GR/MR antagonist. Examples of such compounds are MT-3995 and CORT-118335. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a cannabinoid receptor 1 (CB1) antagonist, such as IM102. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a Klothoβ (KLB) and fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) activator, such as MK-3655 (previously known as NGM-313). In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a chemokine (c-c motif) ligand 24 (CCL24) inhibitor, such as CM101. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an A3 antagonist, such as PBF-1650. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a P2x7 receptor antagonist, such as SGM 1019. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with P2Y13 receptor agonists, such as CER-209. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a sulfated oxysterol, such as Dur-928. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a leukotriene D4 (LTD4) receptor antagonist, such as MN-001. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a type 1 natural killer T cell (NKT1) inhibitor, such as GRI-0621. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an anti-lipopolysaccharide (LPS) compound, such as IMM-124E. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a VAP1 inhibitor, such as BI1467335. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an A3 adenosine receptor agonist, such as CF-102. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a SIRT-1 activator, such as NS-20. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a nicotinic acid receptor 1 agonist, such as ARI-3037MO. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a TLR4 antagonist, such as JKB-121. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a ketohexokinase inhibitor, such as PF-06835919. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an adiponectin receptor agonist, such as ADP-335. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with an autotaxin inhibitor, such as PAT-505 and PF8380. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a chemokine (c-c motif) receptor 3 (CCR3) antagonist, such as bertilimumab. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a chloride channel stimulator, such as cobiprostone and lubiprostone. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a heat shock protein 47 (HSP47) inhibitor, such as ND-L02-s0201. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a sterol regulatory element-binding protein (SREBP) transcription factor inhibitor, such as CAT-2003 and MDV-4463. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a biguanidine, such as metformin. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with insulin. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor and/or a glucose-6- phosphatase inhibitor. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a sulfonylurea, such as glipizid, glibenklamid and glimepirid. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a meglitinide, such as repaglinide, nateglinide and ormiglitinide. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a glucosidase inhibitor, such as acarbose or miglitol. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a squalene synthase inhibitor, such as TAK-475. In another embodiment, compounds of formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are administered in combination with a PTPB1 inhibitor, such as trodusquemine, ertiprotafib, JTT-551 and claramine. Preparation of compounds The compounds of the invention can be prepared as a free acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof by the processes described below. Throughout the following description of such processes it is understood that, where appropriate, suitable protecting groups will be added to, and subsequently removed from the various reactants and intermediates in a manner that will be readily understood by one skilled in the art of organic synthesis. Conventional procedures for using such protecting groups as well as examples of suitable protecting groups are for example described in Greene’s Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis by P.G.M Wutz and T.W. Greene, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Hoboken, 2006. General methods All solvents used were of analytical grade. Commercially available anhydrous solvents were routinely used for reactions. Starting materials were available from commercial sources or prepared according to literature procedures. Room temperature refers to 20 - 25 °C. Solvent mixture compositions are given as volume percentages or volume ratios. LCMS: Instrument name: Agilent 1290 infinity II. Method A: Mobile phase: A: 0.1% HCOOH in water: ACN (95:5), B: ACN; flow rate: 1.5 mL/min; column: ZORBAX XDB C-18 (50 x 4.6 mm) 3.5 μM. Method B: Mobile phase: A: 10 mM NH ₄ HCO ₃ in water, B: ACN; flow rate: 1.2 mL/min; column: XBridge C8 (50 x 4.6 mm), 3.5 μM. Method C: Mobile phase: A: 0.1% HCOOH in water: ACN (95:5), B: ACN; flow rate: 1.5 mL/min; column: ATLANTIS dC18 (50 x 4.6 mm), 5 μM. Method D: Mobile phase: A: 10 mM NH4OAc in water, B: ACN; flow rate: 1.2 mL/min; column: Zorbax Extend C18 (50 x 4.6mm) 5 μM. Method E: Mobile Phase: A: 0.1% TFA in water: ACN (95:5), B: 0.1% TFA in ACN; flow rate: 1.5 mL/min; Column: XBridge C8 (50 x 4.6 mm), 3.5 μM. Method F: Mobile phase: A: 0.1% TFA in water, B: 0.1% TFA in ACN; flow Rate: 0.8 mL/min; column: ZORBAX ECLIPSE PLUS C18 (50 x 2.1 mm), 1.8 μm. Method G: Mobile phase: A: 0.1% TFA in water, B: 0.1% TFA in ACN; flow rate: 0.8 mL/min; column: Acquity UPLC BEH C18 (2.1 x 50 mm), 1.7 μm. Method H: Mobile phase: A: 10 mM NH4OAc, B: 100% ACN; flow rate: 0.8 mL/min; Column: Acquity UPLC BEH C18 (2.1 x 50) mm; 1.7 μm. Method I: Mobile phase: A: 0.1% HCOOH in water: ACN (95:5), B: ACN; flow rate: 0.8 mL/min; Column: ZORBAX ECLIPSE PLUS C18 (2.1 x 50) mm, 1.8 μm. Method J: Mobile phase: A: 0.1% TFA in water, B: ACN; Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; Column: Zorbax Extend C18 (50 x 4.6 mm), 5 μM. UPLC: Instrument name: waters Acquity I Class Method A: Mobile Phase: A: 0.1% HCOOH in water, B: 0.1% HCOOH in ACN; Flow Rate: 0.8 mL/min; Column: Acquity UPLC HSS T3 (2.1 x 50) mm; 1.8 μm. HPLC: Instrument name: Agilent 1260 Infinity II series instruments as followed using % with UV detection (maxplot). Method A: Mobile phase: A: 10 mM NH4HCO3 in water, B: ACN; flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; column: XBridge C8 (50 x 4.6 mm, 3.5 µm). Method B: Mobile phase: A: 0.1% TFA in water, B: 0.1% TFA in ACN; flow rate: 2.0 mL/min; column: XBridge C8 (50 x 4.6 mm, 3.5 µm). Method C: Mobile phase: A: 10 mM NH4OAc in milli-q water, B: ACN; flow rate: 1.0 ml/min; column: Phenomenex Gemini C18 (150 x 4.6 mm, 3.0 μm). Method D: Mobile phase: A: 0.1% TFA in water, B: ACN; flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; column: ATLANTIS dC18 (250 x 4.6 mm, 5.0 µm). Method E: Mobile phase: A: 0.1% TFA in water, B: ACN, flow rate: 2.0 mL/ min; column: X-Bridge C8 (50 X 4.6 mm, 3.5 μm). Chiral SFC: Instrument name: PIC SFC 10 (analytical) Ratio between CO2 and co-solvent is ranging between 60:40 and 80:20 Method A: Mobile phase: 0.5% isopropylamine in IPA; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: YMC Amylose-SA (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method B: Mobile Phase: 0.5% isopropylamine in IPA; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Chiralpak AD-H (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method C: Mobile Phase: 20 mM ammonia in methanol; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: YMC Cellulose-SC (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method D: Mobile Phase: methanol; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Lux A1 (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method E: Mobile Phase: 0.5% isopropylamine in methanol; flow rate: 5 mL/min; column: Lux C4. Method F: Mobile Phase: 0.5% isopropylamine in methanol; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: YMC Cellulose-SC. Method G: Mobile Phase: 0.5% isopropylamine in methanol; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Lux A1. Method H: Mobile Phase: 0.5% isopropylamine in IPA; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Lux A1 (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method I: Mobile phase: 0.5% isopropylamine in methanol; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Chiral CCS (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method J: Mobile Phase: 0.5% isopropylamine in IPA; flow rate: 5 mL/min; column: YMC Cellulose-SC AD-H (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method K: Mobile phase: 0.5% Isopropylamine in methanol; flow rate: 4 mL/min; column: (R,R)- Whelk-01 (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method L: Mobile phase: 0.5% Isopropylamine in IPA; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Chiralcel OX-H (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method M: Mobile phase: 0.5% Isopropylamine in IPA; flow rate: 5 mL/min; column: YMC Cellulose- SC (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method N: Mobile phase: methanol, flow rate: 5 mL/min; column: Chiralcel OX-H (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method O: Mobile phase: 0.1% Isopropylamine in IPA:methanol (1:1), flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Chiralpak AS-H (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method P: Mobile phase: 0.5% Isopropylamine in methanol, flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Chiralpak AS-H (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method Q: Mobile phase: IPA, flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Lux A1 (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method R: Mobile phase: 0.1% Isopropylamine in IPA:methanol (1:1), flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Lux A1 (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method S: Mobile phase: 0.5% Isopropylamine in methanol, flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Chiralpak OX-H (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Method T: Mobile phase: 0.5% Isopropylamine in IPA, flow rate: 4 mL/min; column: YMC Cellulose- SB (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 μm). Prep-HPLC: Instrument name: Agilent 1290 Infinity II Method A: Mobile phase: A: 0.1% TFA in water; Mobile phase; B: 0.1% TFA in ACN; flow rate: 2.0 mL/min; Column: X-Bridge C8 (50 X 4.6 mm, 3.5 μM). Method B: Mobile phase: A: 10 mM NH4OAc in water; B: ACN; flow rate: 35 mL/min; column: X select C18 (30 x 150 mm, 5 µm). Method C: Mobile phase: A: 10 mM NH ₄ HCO ₃ in water; B: ACN; flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; column: XBridge C8 (50 x 4.6 mm, 3.5 µm). Method D: Mobile phase: A: 0.1% HCOOH in water; B: ACN; flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; column: X-select C18 (30 x 150 mm, 5 µm). Chiral Preparative SFC: Instrument name: PIC SFC 100 and PSC SFC 400 Ratio between CO ₂ and co-solvent is ranging between 60:40 and 80:20 Method A: Mobile phase: 0.5% isopropylamine in IPA; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: YMC Amylose-SA (250 x 30 mm, 5 μm). Method B: Mobile Phase: 0.5% isopropylamine in IPA; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Chiralpak AD-H (250 x 30 mm, 5 μm). Method C: Mobile phase: 20 mM ammonia in methanol; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: YMC Cellulose-SC (250 x 30 mm, 5 μm). Method D: Mobile phase: methanol; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Chiral CCS (250 x 30 mm, 5 µm). Method E: Mobile phase: methanol; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Lux A1 (250 x 30 mm, 5 µm). Method F: Mobile Phase: 0.5% isopropylamine in IPA; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Lux A1 (250 x 30 mm, 5 µm). Method G: Mobile phase: 0.5% isopropylamine in methanol; flow rate: 3 mL/min; column: Chiral CCS (250 x 30 mm, 5 μm). Method H: Mobile phase: 0.5% isopropylamine in methanol; flow rate: 5 mL/min; column: Chiralcel OX-H (250 x 30 mm, 5 μm). Abbreviations ACN acetonitrile BOC tert-butoxycarbonyl DABCO 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane DCM dichloromethane DMA dimethylacetamide DMF dimethylformamide IPA isopropyl alcohol LCMS liquid chromatography - mass spectrometry HPLC high-performance liquid chromatography PE petroleum ether SFC supercritical fluid chromatography TFA trifluoroacetic acid THF tetrahydrofuran TLC thin layer chromatography UPLC ultra performance liquid chromatography The invention will now be described by the following examples which do not limit the invention in any respect. All cited documents and references are incorporated by reference. EXAMPLES Intermediate 1 2-(((2-Amino-5-methoxyphenyl)thio)methyl)hexanoic acid To a stirred solution 6-methoxybenzo[d]thiazol-2-amine (15.0 g, 0.08 mol) in water (300 mL), KOH (74.7 g, 1.33 mol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at 120 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by LCMS), the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. A solution of 2-(bromomethyl) hexanoic acid (20.0 g, 0.095 mol) in THF (100 mL) was then added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 48 hours at room temperature. After consumption of the starting material (monitored by LCMS), the reaction mixture was concentrated to remove the THF. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0 °C and acidified with concentrated HCl (pH ~2). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 200 mL) and the combined organic layer was washed with water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The organic part was dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and then concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was forwarded as such to the next step without any further purification. Yield: 19.8 g (crude, brown gum). LCMS: (Method A) 284.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.1.89 min, 86.69% (Max). Intermediate 2 3-Butyl-8-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-one To a stirred solution of 2-(((2-amino-5-methoxyphenyl) thio) methyl) hexanoic acid (Intermediate 1; 19.8 g, 0.069 mol) in EtOAc (200 mL) at 0 °C, triethylamine (19.5 mL, 0.139 mol) and 1-propane- phosphonic anhydride solution (50% in EtOAc; 31.1 g, 0.09 mol) were added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by LCMS), the reaction mixture was quenched with water (100 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 15% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 64% (12.0 g, brown liquid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.09 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.09-7.01 (m, 1H), 6..971-6.94 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.46 (q, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.88 (t, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 1.69-1.67 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.11 (m, 6H), 0.79 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 266.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.31 min, 98.96% (Max). Intermediate 3 7-Bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-4(5 H)-one To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-8-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-one (Intermediate 2; 10 g, 0.03 mol) in ACN (50 mL) and DCM (50 mL) at 0 °C, N-bromo succinimide (8.04 g, 0.045 mol) was added and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by UPLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude was quenched with water (100 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 10% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 70% (9.16 g, brown gummy solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.63 (s, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.48 (q, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (t, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 2.49-2.49 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.66 (m, 1H), 1.25-1.07 (m, 5H), 0.80 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 344.1 (M ⁺ ), Rt.2.53 min, 97.48% (Max). Intermediate 4 7-Bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothia zepin-4(5H)-one and 3-butyl-7- iodo-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-4(5H) -one To a stirred solution of 7-bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzo-1,5-thiazepi n-4(5H)-one (Intermediate 3; 5.5 g, 0.015 mol) in iodobenzene (55 mL), copper (I) iodide (0.304 g, 0.001 mol) and K ₂ CO ₃ (4.41 g, 0.031 mol) were added and the solution was purged with nitrogen for 20 minutes for degasification. Tris[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]amine (1.0 g, 0.003 mol) was then added under nitrogen atmosphere and the resulting reaction mixture was heated for 16 hours at 135 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by UPLC), the reaction mixture was filtered through celite and the celite pad was washed with EtOAc (100 mL). The filtrate was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 6% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford a mixture of the title compounds. Yield: 66% (4.43 g, brown gum; overall yield). LCMS: (Method A) 420.0 (M ⁺ ), Rt.3.09 min, 49.30% (Max) for the 7-bromo compound and 468.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.15 min, 47.54% (Max) for the 7-iodo compound. Intermediate 5 7-Bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-be nzothiazepine and 3-butyl-7-iodo- 8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepine To a stirred solution of a mixture of 7-bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-4(5H)-one and 3-butyl-7-iodo-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothiaz epin- 4(5H)-one (Intermediate 4; 7.0 g, 0.016 mol) in THF (70 mL) at 0 °C was dropwise added borane dimethylsulfide (2M in THF; 25 mL, 0.049 mol) and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 hours at 65 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by UPLC), the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, quenched with methanol (15 mL) and heated for 2 hours at 65 °C. The resulting reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The obtained residue was diluted with water (100 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was forwarded as such to the next step without any further purification. Yield: 7.2 g (crude, white gum). LCMS: (Method A) 406.1 (M ⁺ ), Rt.2.47 min, 57.90% (Max) for the 7-bromo compound, 454.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.66 min, 40.08% (Max) for the 7-iodo compound. Intermediate 6 7-Bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-be nzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide and 3- butyl-7-iodo-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzo thiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a stirred solution of a mixture of 7-bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepine and 3-butyl-7-iodo-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-ben zothiazepine (Intermediate 5; 7.2 g, 0.02 mol) in THF (50 mL) and water (22 mL), oxone (54.45 g , 0.177 mol) was added at 0 °C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by UPLC), the reaction mixture was filtered off through a Büchner funnel and the filtrate was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and then concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 7% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford a mixture of the title compounds. Yield: 90% (7.0 g, off-white gum, overall yield). LCMS: (Method E) 438.0 (M ⁺ ) for the 7-bromo compound and 486.0 (M ⁺ +H) for the 7-iodo compound, Rt.2.75 min, 92.14% (Max). Intermediate 7 3-Butyl-8-hydroxy-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetra-1,5- hydrobenzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a stirred solution of a mixture of 7-bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide and 3-butyl-7-iodo-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 6; 3.0 g, 0.006 mol) in DMF (30 mL), sodium thiomethoxide (2.39 g, 0.034 mol) was added at room temperature and the reaction mixture was then stirred for 16 hours at 65 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with water (100 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 18% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 93% (2.5 g, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.75 (s, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.11 (m, 2H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.65 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.19 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 1H), 3.37 (s, 1H), 3.25-3.18 (m, 1H), 3.07-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 3.00-2.22 (m, 1H), 1.39-1.28 (m, 6H), 0.91 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 392.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.62 min, 96.86% (Max). Intermediate 8 (S)-3-butyl-8-hydroxy-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrah ydro-1,5-benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide and (R)-3-butyl-8-hydroxy-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrah ydro-1,5-benzothiazepine 1,1- dioxide The two enantiomers of racemic 3-butyl-8-hydroxy-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro -1,5- benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 7; 500 mg, 1.27 mmol) were separated by chiral preparative SFC (Instrument: Pic SFC 100); Mobile phase: CO2: methanol; Flow rate: 4 mL/min; Column: YMC Amylose-C; Wave length: 280 nm; Cycle time: 5 min; Back pressure: 100 bar. The material was concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Enantiomer 1: Yield: 45% (500 mg, light brown solid). LCMS: (Method E) 392.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.048 min, 97.00% (Max). SFC: (Method F) Rt.1.77 min, 96.55% (Max). Enantiomer 2: Yield: 45% (500 mg, light brown solid). LCMS: (Method E) 392.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.907 min, 90.95% (Max). SFC: (Method F) Rt.3.65 min, 96.89% (Max). Intermediate 9 Ethyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)acrylate To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-8-hydroxy-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro -1,5- benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 7, 0.2 g, 0.51 mmol) in THF (5 mL), DABCO (0.06 g, 0.05 mmol) and ethyl propiolate (0.075 g, 0.76 mmol) were added at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold water and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 8-9% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the tittle compound: Yield: 90% (0.23 g, colourless gum). LCMS: (Method E) 490.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.75 min, 90.08% (Max). Intermediate 10 Ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-8-hydroxy-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro -1,5- benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide (intermediate 7; 300 mg, 0.76 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 0 °C, 60% NaH (99 mg, 2.49 mmol) was added portionwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. Ethyl 3- bromo-2,2-difluoropropanoate (374 mg, 1.72 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated for 16 hours at 60 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mass was cooled to 0 °C, quenched with dilute HCl (1.5 N, pH ~4) and diluted with water (15 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL), the combined organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was concentrated under vacuum to afford the crude title compound which was forwarded as such to the next step without any further purification. Yield: 0.17 g (crude, brown gummy solid). LCMS: (Method A) 508.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.95 min, 39.38% (Max). Intermediate 11 Ethyl (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3, 4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin- 8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate and ethyl (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3, 4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate To a stirred solution of enantiomer 1 of 3-butyl-8-hydroxy-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 8; 500 mg, 1.27 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) at 0 °C, 60% NaH (166 mg, 4.1 mmol) was added portionwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. Then ethyl 3-bromo-2,2-difluoropropanoate (0.41 mL, 3.19 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated for 3 hours at 70 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, quenched with 1.5 N HCl (pH ~4) and diluted with water (15 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 7-15% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Enantiomer 2 of the title compound was obtained following the same procedure, starting from 500 mg of enantiomer 2 of Intermediate 8. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Enantiomer 1: Yield: 650 mg (crude, white solid). LCMS: (Method A) 508.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.96 min, 92.04% (Max). Enantiomer 2: Yield: 92% (600 mg, white solid). LCMS: (Method E) 508.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.42 min, 96.34% (Max). Intermediate 12 2-(((2-amino-5-methoxyphenyl)thio)methyl)butanoic acid To a solution of 6-methoxybenzo[d]thiazol-2-amine (13 g, 0.072 mol) in water (260 mL), KOH (64.7 g, 1.15 mol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated for 48 hours at 120 °C. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 10 °C. A solution of 2-(bromomethyl) butanoic acid (10.4 g, 0.06 mol) in THF (60 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was heated for 16 hours at 70 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched, then acidified using conc. HCl and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 150 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with ice-cold water (150 mL) and brine (150 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic layer was filtered off and the resulting solution was concentrated under vacuum to afford the title compound. Yield: 14.5 g (crude, brown liquid). LCMS: (Method E) 256.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.1.50 min, 50.35% (max). Intermediate 13 3-ethyl-8-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-one To a solution of 2-(((2-amino-5-methoxyphenyl)thio)methyl)butanoic acid (Intermediate 12; 14.9 g, 0.06 mol) in EtOAc (150 mL), triethylamine (16.3 mL, 0.12 mol) was added and the solution was cooled to 0 °C.1-Propanephosphonic anhydride solution (50% in EtOAc; 26 g, 0.08 mol) was then added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (50 mL) and diluted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic part was washed with ice-cold water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 18% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 44% (6.2 g, yellow solid). LCMS: (Method A) 238.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.1.96 min, 87.42% (max). Intermediate 14 7-bromo-3-ethyl-8-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-4(5 H)-one To a solution of 3-ethyl-8-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-one (Intermediate 13; 6.2 g, 0.03 mol) in DCM (30 mL) and ACN (30 mL) at 0 °C, N-bromo succinimide (5.58 g, 0.03 mol) was added portionwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the obtained residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with ice-cold water (70 mL) and brine (100 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was filtered off and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 10% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 34% (2.8 g, pale brown solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 9.66 (s, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.53-3.48 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.33 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.27 (m, 1H), 0.78-0.73 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 315.9 (M ⁺ ), Rt.2.44 min, 50.63% (max). Intermediate 15: 7-bromo-3-ethyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothia zepin-4(5H)-one and 3-ethyl-7- iodo-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-4(5H) -one To a degassed solution of 7-bromo-3-ethyl-8-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-4(5 H)-one (Intermediate 14; 1.6 g, 5.05 mmol) in iodobenzene (16 mL) were added K ₂ CO ₃ (1.4 g, 10.2 mmol), tris[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]amine (0.32 g, 1.01 mmol) and CuI (0.1 g, 0.5 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated for 16 hours at 135 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the obtained residue was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was filtered off, concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 10% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 54% (1.9 g, brown gummy solid). LCMS: (Method A) 394.0 (M ⁺ +2), Rt.2.82 min, 34.92% (max) for the 7-bromo substituted compound and 439.9 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.88 min, 31.38% (max) for the 7-iodo substituted compound. Intermediate 16 7-bromo-3-ethyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-be nzothiazepine and 3-ethyl-7-iodo- 8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepine To a solution of a mixture of 7-bromo-3-ethyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothia zepin- 4(5H)-one and 3-ethyl-7-iodo-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothiaz epin-4(5H)-one (Intermediate 15; 1.9 g, 4.84 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at 0 °C, borane dimethylsulfide (2M solution in THF, 7.2 mL, 14.5 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated for 16 hours at 75 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C. Methanol (10 mL) was then added dropwise and the mixture was heated for 2 hours at 60 °C. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The obtained residue was partitioned between water (30 mL) and EtOAc (30 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was filtered off and concentrated under vacuum to afford the title compound. Yield: 2.5 g (crude, brown gum). LCMS: (Method A) 378.1 (M ⁺ ), Rt.3.50 min, 14.77% (max) for the 7-bromo substituted compound and 426.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.62 min, 11.01% (max) for the 7-iodo substituted compound. Intermediate 17 7-Bromo-3-ethyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-be nzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide and 3- ethyl-7-iodo-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzo thiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a solution of a mixture of 7-bromo-3-ethyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepine and 3-ethyl-7-iodo-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-ben zothiazepine (Intermediate 16; 2.5 g, 6.60 mmol) in a mixture of THF and water (8:2, 25 mL), oxone (20.3 g, 66.0 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with ice-cold water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The organic part was dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 13% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 55% (1.5 g, brown gum). LCMS: (Method A) 410.0 (M ⁺ ), Rt.2.76 min, 43.90% (max) for the 7-bromo substituted compound and 457.9 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.81 min, 38.27% (max) for the 7-iodo substituted compound. Intermediate 18 3-Ethyl-8-hydroxy-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro -1,5-benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a solution of a mixture of 7-bromo-3-ethyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide and 3-ethyl-7-iodo-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 17; 1.5 g, 3.6 mmol) in DMF (15 mL), sodium thiomethoxide (1.3 g, 18.2 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at 80 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with ice- cold water (30 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 20% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 68% (0.9 g, off-white solid). LCMS: (Method E) 364.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.67 min, 78.14% (max). Intermediate 19 Ethyl-(Z)-3-((3-ethyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2, 3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate To a stirred solution of 3-ethyl-8-hydroxy-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro -1,5-benzo- thiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 18; 0.3 g, 0.82 mmol) in DMA (6 mL) at 0 °C, 60% NaH (0.107 g, 2.68 mmol) was added portionwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0 °C. A solution of ethyl 3-bromo-2,2-difluoropropanoate (0.26 mL, 2.06 mmol) in DMA (1 mL) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated for 3 hours at 65 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, quenched with dilute HCl (1.5 N, pH ~4) and diluted with water (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL). The combined organic layer was then washed with brine (10 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 16% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 33% (0.13 g, white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.78-7.73 (m, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.22-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.74 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.28 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.53-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.24 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.25-2.23 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.26 (m, 3H), 1.01-0.97 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 480.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.98 min, 94.13% (Max). Intermediate 20 tert-Butyl (E)-3-((3-ethyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate To a stirred solution of 3-ethyl-8-hydroxy-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro -1,5- benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 18, 300 mg, 0.82 mmol) in THF (5 mL), DABCO (0.01 g, 0.08 mmol) and tert-butyl propiolate (0.16 g, 1.23 mmol) were added at room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2 x 10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 12% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 89% (0.36 g, white solid). LCMS: (Method E) 433.9 (M ⁺ - ^t Bu+H), Rt.3.17 min, 89.46% (Max). Intermediate 21 2-((tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino)hexanoic acid To a solution of 2-aminohexanoic acid (25 g, 0.19 mol) in water (250 mL) and THF (250 mL), NaHCO ₃ (48 g, 0.57 mol) and Boc-anhydride (52.2 mL, 0.23 mol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was cooled, quenched and acidified using 1.5N HCl. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 150 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with ice-cold water (150 mL) and brine (150 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated to afford the title compound. Yield: 45.5 g (crude, white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 5.10-4.98 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.30 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 10H), 1.45-1.31 (m, 4H), 0.93 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 132.2 (M ⁺ -Boc+H), Rt.2.36 min, 99.98% (max). Intermediate 22 tert-Butyl (1-oxo-1-(phenylamino)hexan-2-yl)carbamate To a stirred solution of 2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)hexanoic acid (Intermediate 21; 45.5 g, 0.196 mol) in DMF (150 mL), triethylamine (54.83 mL, 0.39 mol) was added and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C.1-Propanephosphonic anhydride solution (50% in EtOAc; 75.1 g, 0.23 mol) and aniline (18 g, 0.196 mol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (50 mL) and diluted with EtOAc (200 mL). The aqueous layer was washed with ice-cold water (200 mL) and brine (200 mL), and then dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and filtered off. The organic part was concentrated under vacuum to afford the title compound. Yield: 82% (49.7 g, white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.93 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.06-6.99 (m, 2H), 4.07-4.02 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.28 (m, 13H), 0.86 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 207.0 (M ⁺ -Boc+H), Rt.2.69 min, 91.20% (max). Intermediate 23 2-Amino-N-phenylhexanamide To a solution of tert-butyl (1-oxo-1-(phenylamino)hexan-2-yl)carbamate (Intermediate 22; 49.7 g, 0.162 mol) in 1,4-dioxane (500 mL) at 0 °C, a solution of HCl in 1,4-dioxane (4 M, 199 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the obtained residue was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed brine (200 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was filtered and concentrated under vacuum to afford the title compound. Yield: 95% (32 g, colourless gum). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.20-9.66 (m, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 4.8, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.32-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.06-7.02 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.26 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.27 (m, 5H), 0.89-0.85 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method B) 207.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.03 min, 84.36% (max). Intermediate 24 N1-Phenylhexane-1,2-diamine To a solution of 2-amino-N-phenylhexanamide (Intermediate 23; 32 g, 0.15 mol) in THF (320 mL) at 0 °C was added borane dimethylsulfide (2M solution in THF, 117 mL, 0.23 mol) and the reaction mixture was heated for 16 hours at 75 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, quenched with methanol (150 mL) and then heated for 2 hours at 60 °C. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The obtained residue was partitioned between water (50 mL) and EtOAc (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 250 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (250 mL) and brine (250 mL). The organic part was dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 10% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 93% (28 g, yellow oil). LCMS: (Method B) 193.3 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.1.98 min, 76.9% (max). Intermediate 25 2,4-Dibromo-5-methoxy-N-(1-(phenylamino)hexan-2-yl)benzenesu lfonamide To a solution of 2,4-dibromo-5-methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride (3.2 g, 8.79 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at 0 °C were added N1-phenylhexane-1,2-diamine (Intermediate 24; 1.3 g, 6.76 mmol) and triethylamine (2.8 mL, 20.3 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the obtained residue was dissolved in EtOAc (60 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 18% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 97% (3.5 g, brown gum). LCMS: (Method E) 521.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.14 min, 93.57% (max). Intermediate 26 7-Bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a solution of 2,4-dibromo-5-methoxy-N-(1-(phenylamino)hexan-2-yl)benzenesu lfonamide (Intermediate 25; 3.5 g, 6.72 mmol) in DMF (30 mL), K2CO3 (1.73 g, 12.5 mmol) and copper powder (0.42 g, 6.72 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was degassed for 5 minutes under N2 atmosphere and the reaction mixture was then heated for 16 hours at 115 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (25 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with a 1:1 mixture of EtOAc and PE (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 25% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 51% (1.5 g, brown gum). LCMS: (Method A) 439.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.83 min, 82.06% (max). Intermediate 27 7-Bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-phenyl-2,3,4 ,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a solution of 7-bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 26; 1.25 g, 2.84 mmol) in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (15 mL), Cs ₂ CO ₃ (1.4 g, 4.27 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes at room temperature. Then p-methoxybenzyl bromide (0.5 mL, 3.41 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (25 mL) and the precipitated solid was filtered off. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 30% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 90% (1.4 g, white solid). LCMS: (Method E) 558.9 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.36 min, 90.75% (max). Intermediate 28 3-Butyl-8-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-(methylthio)-5-pheny l-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a stirred solution of 7-bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-phenyl-2,3,4 ,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 27; 1.4 g, 2.57 mmol) in DMF (10 mL), sodium thiomethoxide (0.9 g, 12.8 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated for 16 hours at 60 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water (2 X 30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic part was dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 16% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 68% (0.9 g, off-white solid). LCMS: (Method E) 513.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.12 min, 90.12% (max). Intermediate 29 tert-Butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxi do-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-8-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-(methylthio)-5-pheny l-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (intermediate 28; 0.2 g, 0.39 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at 0 °C were added DABCO (0.005 g, 0.04 mmol) and tert-butyl propiolate (0.08 g, 0.58 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold water (10 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 8-10% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 80% (0.2 g, white gum). LCMS: (Method E) 583.0 (M ⁺ - ^t Bu+H), Rt.3.49 min, 86.23% (Max) Intermediate 30 Ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxi do-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-8-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-(methylthio)-5-pheny l-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (intermediate 28; 0.5 g, 0.97 mmol) in DMA (5 mL) at 0 °C, 60% NaH (0.127 g, 3.16 mmol) was added portionwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0 °C. A solution of ethyl 3-bromo-2,2-difluoropropanoate (0.47 g, 2.18 mmol) in DMA (2.5 mL) was then added, and the reaction mixture was heated for 3 hours at 70 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and then quenched with dilute HCl (1.5 N, pH ~4) and diluted with water (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 X 10 mL), and the combined organic layer was washed with brine (10 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 15-20% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 50% (0.3 g, off-white solid). LCMS: (Method E) 629.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.37 min, 90.09% (Max). Intermediate 31 (Z)-3-((3-Butyl-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxi do-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid To a stirred solution of ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxi do-5- phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)- 2-fluoroacrylate (Intermediate 30; 0.3 g, 0.48 mmol) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane and water (4:1, 5 mL), lithium hydroxide (0.06 g, 1.43 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was acidified with dilute HCl (1.5 N, pH~4) and diluted with ice-cold water (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL), and the combined organic layer was washed with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic part was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 100% EtOAc; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 77% (0.22 g, brown solid). LCMS: (Method E) 600.8 (M ⁺ + H), Rt.3.10 min, 41.73% (Max). Intermediate 32 7-Bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-2-methyl-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahyd ro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1- dioxide To a stirred solution of 7-bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothia- diazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 26; 4.5 g, 10.24 mmol) in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (20 mL) were added Cs2CO3 (6.7 g, 20.5 mmol) and then iodomethane (3.2 mL, 51.2 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with water (25 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with a mixture of EtOAc and PE (30%, 2 x 75 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was forwarded as such to the next step without any further purification. Yield: 4.5 g (crude, pale brown solid). LCMS: (Method E) 452.8 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.19 min, 95.26% (max). Intermediate 33 3-Butyl-8-hydroxy-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a solution of 7-bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-2-methyl-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahyd ro-1,2,5-benzothia- diazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 32; 4.5 g, 9.92 mmol) in DMF (50 mL), sodium thiomethoxide (3.5 g, 49.6 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated for 16 hours at 80 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by UPLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (25 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (4 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2 x 100 mL) and brine (100 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 26% EtOAc PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 77% (3.1 g, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.73 (s, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.67 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.06-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.21-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.68-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.25 (m, 4H), 0.93-0.90 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 406.9 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.65 min, 92.05% (max). Intermediate 34 (S)-3-Butyl-8-hydroxy-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4 ,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide and (R)-3-butyl-8-hydroxy-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide The two enantiomers of racemic 3-butyl-8-hydroxy-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 33; 10.0 g, 24.59 mmol) were separated by SFC Instrument (method E). The material was concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Enantiomer 1: Yield: 42% (4.3 g, off-white solid). NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 10.69 (s, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.13 (t, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.66 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 4.00-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.19-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.68-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.55-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.25 (m, 4H), 0.95-0.85 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 407.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.56 min, 98.41% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.43 min, 98.58% (Max). Chiral SFC: (method D) Rt.1.83 min, 100% (Max). Enenatiomer 2: Yield: 34% (4.2 g, off-white solid). NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.58 (s, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.13 (t, J = 10.0 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 6.66 (t, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 4.10- 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.68-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.25 (m, 4H), 0.98- 0.85 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 407.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.56 min, 98.25% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.43 min, 97.49% (Max). Chiral SFC: (method D) Rt.3.06 min, 99.76% (Max). Intermediate 35 Ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-8-hydroxy-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (intermediate 33; 0.5 g, 1.23 mmol) in DMA (7.5 mL) at 0 °C, NaH (60%, 0.16 g, 3.99 mmol) was added portionwise and the reaction mixture was strirred for 30 minutes at 0 °C. A solution of ethyl 3-bromo-2,2-difluoropropanoate (0.6 g, 2.78 mmol) in DMA (2.5 mL) was then added, and the reaction mixture was heated for 3 hours at 70 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, quenched with dilute HCl (1.5 N HCl, pH ~4) and diluted with water (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (10 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 15-20% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 94% (0.6 g, off-white solid). ¹ HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.83 (m, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.18 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H), 6.74 (t, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 4.28 (q, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 4.09-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.31 (m, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.41 (m, 3H), 1.62-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.49 (m, 3H), 1.35-1.24 (m, 4H), 0.93-0.91 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 523.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.18 min, 97.01% (Max). Intermediate 36 Ethyl (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-ph enyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate and ethyl (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)- 1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiaze pin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate To a stirred solution of enantiomer 1 of 3-butyl-8-hydroxy-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 34; 2.0 g, 4.91 mmol) in DMA (20 mL) at 0 °C, NaH (60%; 640 mg, 15.98 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. Then ethyl 3-bromo-2,2-difluoropropanoate (2.66 g, 12.29 mmol) was added at 0 °C and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at 90 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with dilute HCl (1.5 N, 20 mL), diluted with water (50 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was filtered, concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 15-20% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford enantiomer 1 of the title compound. Enantiomer 2 of the title compound was obtained following the same procedure, starting from 2.0 g of enantiomer 2 of Intermediate 34. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Enantiomer 1: Yield: 76% (1.95 g, off-white solid). LCMS: (Method E) 523.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.19 min, 97.85% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.6.25 min, 97.32% (Max). Enantiomer 2: Yield: 59% (1.51 g, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 7.84 (d, J = 18.8 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.77-6.65 (m, 3H), 4.31-4.25 (m, 2H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.70-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.32 (m, 7H), 0.95-0.85 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 523.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.19 min, 98.36% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.6.26 min, 97.97% (Max). Intermediate 37 tert-Butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-8-hydroxy-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (intermediate 33; 0.5 g, 1.23 mmol) in THF (7.5 mL) at 0 °C were added DABCO (0.02 g, 0.12 mmol) and tert-butyl propiolate (0.23 g, 1.84 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold water (15 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 8-10% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the tittle compound. Yield: 92% (0.6 g, off-white gum). Intermediate 38 3-Butyl-7-(ethylthio)-8-hydroxy-2-methyl-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-te trahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a solution of 7-bromo-3-butyl-8-methoxy-2-methyl-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahyd ro-1,2,5-benzothia- diazepine 1,1-dioxide (0.3 g, 0.66 mmol) in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (5 mL), sodium ethanethiolate (0.27 g, 3.31 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at 100 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (25 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with ice-cold water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 30% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 69% (0.2 g, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.23-7.21 (m, 2H), 6.83 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.68-6.64 (m, 3H), 4.05-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.23-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.80 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 1.57-1.31 (m, 6H), 1.27 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 421.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.04 min, 95.23% (max). Intermediate 39 tert-Butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-8-hydroxy-2-methyl-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-te trahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 38; 0.15 g, 0.36 mmol) in THF (5 mL), tert-butyl propiolate (67 mg, 0.53 mmol) and DABCO (20 mg, 0.18 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the obtained residue was partitioned between water (5 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 5 mL), and the combined organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 20% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 70% (140 mg, white solid). LCMS: (Method E) 490.9 (M ⁺ - ^t Bu+H), Rt.3.43 min, 98.33% (Max). Intermediate 40 tert-Butyl (1-((4-fluorophenyl)amino)-1-oxohexan-2-yl)carbamate To a stirred solution of 2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)hexanoic acid (93.0 g, 402 mmol) in DMF (930 mL) at 0 °C, triethylamine (112 mL, 804 mmol) was added dropwise.2,4,6-Tripropyl-1,3,5,2,4,6- trioxatriphosphinane 2,4,6-trioxide (307 g, 483 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at 0 °C.4-Fluoroaniline (44.7 g, 402 mmol) was then added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was diluted with ice-cold water (500 mL) and a solid product was precipitated. The obtained solid was filtered, washed with water (2 x 100 mL) and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound. The resulting crude was forwarded as such to the next step without any further purification. Yield: 69% (90 g, light yellow solid). LCMS: (Method K) 225.2 (M ⁺ +H-Boc), Rt.2.66 min, 99.41% (max). Intermediate 41 2-Amino-N-(4-fluorophenyl)hexanamide To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (1-((4-fluorophenyl)amino)-1-oxohexan-2-yl)carbamate (Intermediate 40; 90 g, 277 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (900 mL), HCl in dioxane (4M in 1, 4-dioxane, 360 mL, 1280 mmol) was added at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the obtained residue was basified with 10% NaHCO ₃ solution (400 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 500 mL) and the combined organic layer was washed with water (2 x 100 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude was forwarded as such to the next step without any further purification. Yield: 91% (60 g, light-brown liquid). LCMS: (Method K) 225.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.1.97 min, 94.23% (max). Intermediate 42 N1-(4-fluorophenyl)hexane-1,2-diamine To a stirred solution of 2-amino-N-(4-fluorophenyl)hexanamide (Intermediate 41; 60 g, 268 mmol) in THF (300 mL), borane dimethylsulfide (1M in THF, 401 mL, 401 mmol) was added at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was heated for 24 hours at 75 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with methanol (200 mL) at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was heated for 2 hours at 75 °C. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the obtained residue was dissolved in DCM (500 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 200 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and then concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 5-20% MeOH in DCM; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 87% (53 g, brown liquid). LCMS: (Method K) 211.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.1.97 min, 92.44% (max). Intermediate 43 2,4-Dibromo-N-(1-((4-fluorophenyl)amino)hexan-2-yl)-5-methox ybenzenesulfonamide To a stirred solution of N1-(4-fluorophenyl)hexane-1,2-diamine (Intermediate 42; 20 g, 95 mmol) in THF (200 mL) were added 2,4-dibromo-5-methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride (41.6 g, 114 mmol) and triethylamine (39.8 mL, 285 mmol) at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (400 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 100 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 15% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 86% (45.5 g, brown solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.02-7.90 (m, 2H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 6.31-6.26 (m, 2H), 5.45- 5.30 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.30-3.15 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.82 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.30 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.20 (m, 1H), 1.15-0.98 (m, 3H), 0.73 (t, J = 8.80 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 538.9 (M ⁺ +H), Rt. 3.04 min, 85.57% (max). Intermediate 44 7-Bromo-3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2,3,4,5-tetrahy dro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1- dioxide To a stirred solution of 2,4-dibromo-N-(1-((4-fluorophenyl)amino)hexan-2-yl)-5-methox ybenzene- sulfonamide (Intermediate 43; 45 g, 84 mmol) in DMF (450 mL), potassium carbonate (23.11 g, 167 mmol) and copper iodide (1.59 g, 8.36 mmol) were added at room temperature. The reaction mixture was degassed for 15 minutes with nitrogen. Tris[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]amine (5.41 g, 16.72 mmol) was then added at room temperature and the reaction mixture was heated for 16 hours at 130 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was filtered through a celite pad and the celite pad was washed with EtOAc (50 mL). The filtrate part was concentrated under vacuum. The obtained residue was diluted with EtOAc (400 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water (2 x 100 mL). The organic part was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and the resulting crude was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 12% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 55% (22.0 g, white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.42 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.70- 6.50 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.33 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.80 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.15 (m, 6H), 0.89 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 455.0 (M ⁺ -H), Rt.2.71 min, 95.55% (max). Intermediate 45 7-Bromo-3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2-methyl-2,3,4, 5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a stirred solution of 7-bromo-3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2,3,4,5-tetrahy dro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 44; 5.8 g, 12.68 mmol) in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (24 mL), Cs ₂ CO ₃ (8.26 g, 25.4 mmol) was added at 0 °C and reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. Methyl iodide (1.58 mL, 25.4 mmol) was then added dropwise at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water (50 mL). The organic part was dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 15% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 75% (5.1 g, white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 6.98-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.72-6.69 (m, 2H), 3.99- 3.92 (m, 5H), 3.40-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 1.68-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.35 (m, 5H), 0.95 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 471.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.89 min, 88.26% (max). Intermediate 46 3-Butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-2-methyl-7-(methylthio) -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a stirred solution of 7-bromo-3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2-methyl-2,3,4, 5-tetrahydro- 1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 45; 2.0 g, 4.24 mmol) in DMF (20 mL), sodium thiomethoxide (1.48 g, 21.21 mmol) was added at room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at 100 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (10 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 15-20% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 81% (1.6 g, light-yellow solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.72 (s, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.97 (t, J = 11.2 Hz, 3H), 6.55-6.50 (m, 2H), 3.98-3.86 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.70-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.25 (m, 4H), 1.00-0.80 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 425.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.56 min, 90.64% (max). Intermediate 47 tert-Butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1 ,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-2-methyl-7-(methylthio) -2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 46; 50 mg, 0.118 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL), tert-butyl propiolate (22 mg, 0.18 mmol) and DABCO (6.61 mg, 0.06 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the obtained residue was partitioned between water (5 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 5 mL), and the combined organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 9% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 80% (55 mg, colorless gum). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.62-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.01-6.97 (m, 2H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 6.81-6.78 (m, 2H), 5.55 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 3.97-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.70-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.45-1.35 (m, 4H), 1.00-0.90 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 495.0 (M ⁺ - ^t Bu+H), Rt.3.18 min, 94.92% (Max). Intermediate 48 3-Butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-2-methyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a stirred solution of 7-bromo-3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2-methyl-2,3,4, 5-tetrahydro- 1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 45; 1.0 g, 2.12 mmol) in DMF (5 mL), sodium ethanethiolate (0.89 g, 10.61 mmol) was added at room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at 100 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with water (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (10 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 15% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 74% (0.8 g, light-yellow solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.66 (s, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.10-6.90 (m, 3H), 6.62-6.40 (m, 2H), 4.02- 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.00-3.10 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.70-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.28 (m, 4H), 1.20 (t, J = 9.60 Hz, 3H), 0.98-0.82 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method K) 439.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.07 min, 85.59% (max). Intermediate 49 tert-Butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-1, 1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-2-methyl- 2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 48; 60 mg, 0.137 mmol) in dry THF (1 mL), tert-butyl propiolate (26 mg, 0.20 mmol) and DABCO (7.67 mg, 0.06 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours atroom temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the obtained residue was partitioned between water (5 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 5 mL), and the combined organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 20% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 74% (60 mg, colorless gum). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 7.74 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.04 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.75-6.73 (m, 2H), 5.48 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 4.06-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.79 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.92 (m, 3H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 1.60-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.40 (m, 10H), 1.40-1.30 (m, 3H), 1.20-1.15 (m, 3H), 0.95-0.85 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 509.1 (M ⁺ - ^t Bu+H), Rt.3.17 min, 94.65% (Max). Intermediate 50 3-Butyl-7-chloro-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-1, 5-benzothiazepin-4(5H)-one To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-7-chloro-8-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-4( 5H)-one (6 g, 20.01 mmol) in 1-bromo-4-fluorobenzene (88 g, 500 mmol), copper (I) iodide (0.38 g, 2.00 mmol)) and K ₂ CO ₃ (5.53 g, 40.0 mmol) were added and the solution was purged with nitrogen for 20 minutes for degasification. Tris[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]amine (1.30 g, 4.00 mmol) was then added under nitrogen atmosphere and the resulting reaction mixture was heated for 40 h at 135 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by UPLC), the reaction mixture was filtered through celite and the celite pad was washed with EtOAc (100 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 15-20% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 64% (5.5 g, off-white solid). LCMS: (Method E) 394.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.19 min, 91.57%. Intermediate 51 3-Butyl-7-chloro-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2,3,4,5-tetrah ydro-1,5-benzothiazepine To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-7-chloro-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-1, 5- benzothiazepin-4(5H)-one (Intermediate 50; 5.5 g, 13.96 mmol) in THF (60 mL) at 0 °C, borane dimethylsulfide (140 mL, 140 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 40 hours at 75 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by UPLC), the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and quenched with methanol (100 mL). The resulting solution was heated for 2 hours at 65 °C, then cooled to room temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 15-20% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230- 400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 77% (4.5 g, colourless liquid). LCMS: (Method A) 380.0 (M ⁺ ) Rt.3.61 min, 90.76% (Max). Intermediate 52 3-Butyl-7-chloro-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2,3,4,5-tetrah ydro-1,5-benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-7-chloro-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2,3,4,5-tetrah ydro-1,5- benzothiazepine (Intermediate 51; 4.5 g, 11.84 mmol) in THF (45 mL) and water (10 mL), oxone (36.4 g, 59.2 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was filtered through a Büchner funnel and the filtrate was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 10-13% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 84% (4.1 g, colourless solid). LCMS: (Method A) 412.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.83 min, 96.78% (Max). Intermediate 53 3-Butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-7-(methylthio)-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepine 1,1- dioxide To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-7-chloro-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2,3,4,5-tetrah ydro-1,5- benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 52; 1 g, 2.42 mmol) in DMF (12 mL), sodium thiomethoxide (0.85 g, 12.14 mol) was added at room temperature and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at 100 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with water (20 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 30-35% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 30% (0.300 g, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.94-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.62-6.64 (m, 2H), 4.14-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.42 (m, 1H), 2.96-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.37-1.37 (m, 4H), 1.29-1.30 (m, 4H), 0.95 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 408.2 (M ^+_ H), Rt.2.54 min, 98.39% (Max). Intermediate 54 tert-Butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-7-(methylthio)-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 53; 50 mg, 0.12 mmol) in dry THF (3 mL), tert-butyl propiolate (23 mg, 0.18 mmol) and DABCO (6.85 mg, 0.06 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the obtained residue was partitioned between water (5 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 5 mL), and the combined organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 12% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 95% (65 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d ₆ ): δ 7.72 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.04 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 6.71-6.67 (m, 2H), 5.46 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.43 (m, 9H), 1.39-1.34 (m, 3H), 1.31-1.28 (m, 3H), 0.9 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 480.1 (M ⁺ - ^t Bu+H), Rt.3.03 min, 95.09% (Max). Intermediate 55 7-Bromo-3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyben zyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a stirred solution of 7-bromo-3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2,3,4,5-tetrahy dro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 44; 5 g, 10.93 mmol) in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (50 mL), Cs ₂ CO ₃ (7.12 g, 21.86 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0 °C. Then 1-(bromomethyl)-4-methoxybenzene (3.30 g, 16.40 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was filtered through a celite pad and the celite pad was washed with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and the crude was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 15-20% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 73% (6 g, off-white solid). LCMS: (Method A) 578.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.49 min, 75.44%. Intermediate 56 3-Butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-( methylthio)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a stirred solution of 7-bromo-3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyben zyl)-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 55; 1 g, 1.23 mmol) in DMF (20 mL), sodium thiomethoxide (0.43 g, 6.14 mmol) was added at room temperature and the resulting mixture was stirred for 16 hours at 100 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 10-15% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 66% (500 g, off-white solid). LCMS: (Method B) 529.1 (M ^+_ H), Rt.3.20 min, 85.70% (Max). Intermediate 57 tert-Butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-(me thylthio)-1,1-dioxido- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-( methylthio)- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 56; 60 mg, 0.113 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL), tert-butyl propiolate (21.40 mg, 0.17 mmol) and DABCO (6.34 mg, 0.06 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vaccum and the obtained residue was partitioned between water (5 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 5 mL) and the combined organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL) and then dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 20% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 81% (60 mg, colorless gum). LCMS: (Method A) 601.1 (M ⁺ - ^t Bu+H), Rt.3.44 min, 94.98% (Max). Intermediate 58 3-Butyl-7-(ethylthio)-8-hydroxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,5-benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide To a solution of 3-butyl-7-chloro-8-methoxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-b enzothiazepine 1,1- dioxide (1 g, 2.54 mmol) in DMF (25 mL), sodium ethanethiolate (1.07 g, 12.69 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at 120 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water (25 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with ice-cold water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 30% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 52% (0.56 g, off-white solid). LCMS: (Method A) 406.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.11 min, 96.20% (max). Intermediate 59 tert-Butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin- 8-yl)oxy)acrylate To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-8-hydroxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,5- benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 58; 100 mg, 0.24 mmol) in dry THF (4 mL), tert-butyl propiolate (46.7 mg, 0.37 mmol) and DABCO (13.83 mg, 0.12 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the obtained residue was partitioned between water (5 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 5 mL), and the combined organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 15-20% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 55% (72 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.72 (d, J = 12.30 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.19 (m, 3H), 6.65-6.68 (m, 3H), 5.46 (d, J = 12.30 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 3.47 (s, 1H), 3.15 (s, 1H), 2.96 (d, J = 7.50 Hz, 2H), 2.28 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.17-1.19 (m, 6H), 1.22-1.38 (m, 3H), 0.90 (t, J = 6.90 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 476.1 (M ⁺ - ^t Bu), Rt.3.18 min, 98.54% (Max). Intermediate 60 tert-Butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate To a stirred solution of 3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-8-hydroxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,2,5-benzothia- diazepine 1,1-dioxide (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) in THF (5 mL), tert-butyl propiolate (16 mg, 0.12 mmol) and DABCO (14 mg, 0.12 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the obtained residue was partitioned between water (5 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 5 mL), and the combined organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 20% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 30% (20 mg, off-white solid). LCMS: (Method E) 477.1 (M ⁺ - ^t Bu+H), Rt.3.23 min, 99.30% (Max). Intermediate 61 tert-Butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate The title compound was prepared from 3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide and tert-butyl propiolate, in a procedure similar as described for Intermediate 60. Intermediate 62 Ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate The title compound is prepared from 3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-7-(methylthio)-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 53) and ethyl 3-bromo-2,2-difluoro- propanoate, in a procedure similar as described for Intermediate 10. Intermediate 63 Ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate The title compound is prepared from 3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-8-hydroxy-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,5-benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 58) and ethyl 3-bromo-2,2-difluoropropanoate, in a procedure similar as described for Intermediate 10. Intermediate 64 Ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate The title compound is prepared from 3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepine 1,1-dioxide and ethyl 3-bromo-2,2-difluoropropanoate, in a procedure similar as described for Intermediate 10. Intermediate 65 Ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1 ,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate The title compound is prepared from 3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-2-methyl-7-(methylthio) - 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 46) and ethyl 3-bromo-2,2- difluoropropanoate, in a procedure similar as described for Intermediate 10. Intermediate 66 Ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-1, 1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate The title compound is prepared from 3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-2-methyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 48) and ethyl 3-bromo-2,2- difluoropropanoate, in a procedure similar as described for Intermediate 10. Intermediate 67 Ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate The title compound is prepared from 3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-8-hydroxy-2-methyl-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 38) and ethyl 3-bromo-2,2-difluoro- propanoate, in a procedure similar as described for Intermediate 10. Intermediate 68 Ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-(me thylthio)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylat e

The title compound is prepared from 3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7- (methylthio)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide (Intermediate 56) and ethyl 3- bromo-2,2-difluoropropanoate, in a procedure similar as described for Intermediate 10. Intermediate 69 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-(me thylthio)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The title compound is prepared from ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7- (methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiad iazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate (Intermediate 68), according to the procedure as described in Intermediate 31. Intermediate 70 Ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1,1-dioxid o-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate

The title compound is prepared from 3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)- 8-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide and ethyl 3-bromo-2,2-difluoropropanoate, in a procedure similar as described for Intermediate 10. Intermediate 71 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1,1-dioxid o-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The title compound is prepared from ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1,1- dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin- 8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate (Intermediate 70), according to the procedure as described in Intermediate 31. Intermediate 72 Ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4-methox ybenzyl)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylat e

The title compound is prepared from 3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-2-(4- methoxybenzyl)- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide and ethyl 3-bromo-2,2- difluoropropanoate, in a procedure similar as described for Intermediate 10. Intermediate 73 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4-methox ybenzyl)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The title compound is prepared from ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4- methoxybenzyl)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothi adiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate (Intermediate 72), according to the procedure as described in Intermediate 31. Intermediate 74 tert-Butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4-methox ybenzyl)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid

The title compound is prepared from 3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-hydroxy-2-(4- methoxybenzyl)- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepine 1,1-dioxide and tert-butyl propiolate, in a procedure similar as described for Intermediate 57. Example 1 (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)acrylic acid To a stirred solution of ethyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro- 1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate (Intermediate 9; 0.23 g, 0.45 mmol) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane and water (4 mL; 3:1), lithium hydroxide (97 mg, 2.29 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the obtained residue was acidified with dilute HCl (1.5 N, 2 mL). The aqueous part was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL) and the combined organic layer was washed with water (15 mL) and brine (15 mL). The organic part was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 2-3% MeOH/DCM; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 59% (125 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.29 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.18 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 6.73 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.52 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.26-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.26 (m, 1H), 1.40- 1.23 (m, 6H), 0.98-0.88 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 462.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.56 min, 94.94% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.42 min, 95.08% (Max). Examples 2 and 3 (R)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3, 4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)acrylic acid and (S)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3, 4,5-tetrahydro- 1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid (Example 1; 0.12 g, 0.26 mmol) were separated by chiral preparative SFC (method A); mobile phase: CO2: 0.5% isopropylamine in IPA (70:30); Wave length: 280 nm; Cycle time: 5 min; Back pressure: 100 bar. The material was concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Enantiomer 1: Yield: 10% (15 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 12.36 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.18 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 6.73 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.53 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.28- 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.31-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.29 (m, 6H), 0.9 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 462.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.45 min, 97.2% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.42 min, 97.78% (Max). SFC: (Method A) Rt.2.79 min, 98.25%. Enantiomer 2: Yield: 12% (23 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 12.29 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.18 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 6.73 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.53 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.28- 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.28 (m, 1H), 1.42-1.31 (m, 6H), 0.97-0.95 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 462.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.45 min, 96.57% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.42 min, 97.12% (Max). SFC: (Method A) Rt.4.51 min, 99.75 %. Example 4 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid To a stirred solution of ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro- 1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate (Intermediate 10; 170 mg, 0.33 mmol) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane and water (5 mL, 4:1), lithium hydroxide (28 mg, 0.66 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was acidified with dilute HCl (1.5 N, pH~4) and then diluted with water (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL) and the combined organic layer was washed with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Prep-HPLC (method D) to afford the title compound. Yield: 43% (70 mg, white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J = 18.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.72 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.24 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 1H), 3.51-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.24 (m, 6H), 0.91 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 480.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.51 min, 96.23% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.54 min, 94.04% (Max) Examples 5 and 6 (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3, 4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid and (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3, 4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid To a stirred solution of enantiomer 1 of ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacry late (Intermediate 11; 650 mg, 1.28 mmol) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane and water (10 mL, 4:1), lithium hydroxide (107 mg, 2.56 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture acidified with dilute HCl (1.5 N, pH~4) and then diluted with water (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 3-4% MeOH/DCM; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compounds. Enantiomer 2 of the title compound was obtained following the same procedure, starting from 600 mg of enantiomer 2 of Intermediate 11. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Enantiomer 1: Yield: 36% (224 mg, light brown solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 13.60 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.73 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (d, J = 14.4 Hz, 1H), 3.51-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.07 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.34- 2.21 (m, 1H), 1.44-1.28 (m, 6H), 0.91 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 480.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.93 min, 99.97% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.54 min, 97.21% (Max). Chiral HPLC: (Method E) Rt.4.83 min, 100% (Max) Enantiomer 2: Yield: 51% (290 mg, light brown solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.76 (s, 1H), 7.62 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.73 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H), 3.51-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.07 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.29 (m, 1H), 1.44-1.28 (m, 6H), 0.91 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 480.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.93 min, 96.76% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.54 min, 98.69% (Max). Chiral HPLC: (Method E) Rt.4.02 min, 100% (Max) Example 7 (Z)-3-((3-ethyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid To a stirred solution of ethyl-(Z)-3-((3-ethyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2, 3,4,5-tetrahydro- 1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate (Intermediate 19; 0.13 g, 0.27 mmol) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane and water (4:1, 5 mL), lithium hydroxide (0.02 g, 0.54 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was acidified with dilute HCl (1.5 N, pH~4) and diluted with ice-cold water (25 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL), and the combined organic layer was washed with water (15 mL) and brine (15 mL). The organic part was dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude was purified by Prep-HPLC (method B) to afford the title compound. Yield: 12% (15 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.19-7.15 (m, 3H), 7.10-7.06 (m, 1H), 6.71 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.26-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.11-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.33- 2.23 (m, 1H), 1.48-1.36 (m, 2H), 1.01-0.99 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method D) 452.0 (M ⁺ + H), Rt.2.11 min, 99.01% (Max). HPLC: (Method C) Rt.4.50 min, 97.92% (Max). Example 8 (E)-3-((3-ethyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)acrylic acid To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (E)-3-((3-ethyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate (Intermediate 20; 0.36 g, 0.73 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0 °C, TFA (2 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was then stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold water (15 mL) and aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic layer was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude was purified by Prep-HPLC (method B) to afford the title compound. Yield: 23% (75 mg, white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6):): δ 12.30 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.23-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.73 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.53 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.28-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.51- 3.48 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.28-2.22 (m, 1H), 1.48-1.37 (m, 2H), 1.01-0.97 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method D) 434.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.51 min, 99.14% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.4.47 min, 99.54 % (Max). Example 9 (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8- yl)oxy)acrylic acid To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxi do-5- phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)a crylate (Intermediate 29; 0.2 g, 0.31 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) at 0 °C were added triphenylamine (0.15 g, 0.62 mmol) and TFA (0.5 mL, 6.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by LCMS), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 30-50 % EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 14% (20 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.26 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 12.40 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.75 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (d, J = 8.40 Hz, 2H), 5.46 (d, J = 12.40 Hz, 1H), 4.39-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.49 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.61-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.29 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.92 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 462.9 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.76 min, 94.28% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.24 min, 94.22% (Max) Example 10 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8- yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid To a stirred solution of (Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxi do-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluor oacrylic acid (Intermediate 31; 0.22 g, 0.37 mmol) in toluene (4 mL), triphenylamine (0.18 g 0.73 mmol) and TFA (0.6 mL 7.3 mmol) were added at 0 °C and the resulting mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 30- 50% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. The obtained compound was re-purified by prep-HPLC (method A) to afford the title compound. Yield: 14% (25 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.74 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.38-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.33 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.61-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.31 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.92 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 481.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.81 min, 99.52% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.36 min, 98.40% (Max) Example 11 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid To a stirred solution of ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl -2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylat e (Intermediate 34; 0.6 g, 1.15 mmol) in 1, 4-dioxane/ water (4:1, 10 mL), lithium hydroxide (0.141 g, 3.44 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred 2 h at RT. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was acidified with dilute HCl (1.5 N, pH~4) and diluted with ice cold water (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 X 15 mL), then the combined organic layer was washed with water (10 mL) and brine solution (10 mL). The organic part was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 1-5% MeOH/DCM; silica gel: 230-400 mesh). Yield: 27% (0.15 g, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.73 (d, J = 18.4 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.18 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 3H), 6.75 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.08-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.31 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.46 (m, 3H), 1.64-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.31 (m, 4H), 0.94-0.92 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 495.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.88 min, 98.16% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.6.85 min, 96.53% (Max). Examples 12 and 13 (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-ph enyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid and (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)- 1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiaze pin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid To a stirred solution of enantiomer 1 of ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5- phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)- 2-fluoroacrylate (Intermediate 36; 1.95 g, 3.73 mmol) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane and water (3:1, 20 mL), LiOH.H ₂ O (313 mg, 7.47 mmol) was added at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with dilute HCl (1.5 N, 20 mL), diluted with water (30 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was filtered, concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 30-50% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230- 400 mesh) to afford enantiomer 1 of the title compound. Enantiomer 2 of the title compound was obtained following the same procedure, starting from 1.5 g of enantiomer 2 of Intermediate 36. The crude material was purified by trituration with n-hexane (2 x 10 mL) to afford the title compound. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Enantiomer 1: Yield: 93% (1.72 g, white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 13.58 (bs, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 18.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.74 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.08-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.25 (bs, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.64-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.53- 1.50 (m, 1H), 1.37-1.30 (m, 4H), 0.92 (t, J = 6.80 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 495.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.94 min, 99.38% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.53 min, 97.59% (Max). Chiral SFC: (Method H) Rt.1.83 min, 99.93% (Max). Enantiomer 2: Yield: 60% (850 mg, white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.63 (bs, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 18.8 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.75 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.06-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.24 (bs, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 1.66-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.53- 1.51 (m, 1H), 1.39-1.31 (m, 4H), 0.92 (t, J = 6.80 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 495.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.94 min, 99.54% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.55 min, 99.08% (Max). Chiral SFC: (Method H) Rt.2.76 min, 100% (Max). Example 14 (E)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl - 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate (Intermediate 37; 0.6 g, 1.13 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) at 0 °C, TFA (1.0 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 2-3% MeOH/DCM; silica gel: 230-400 mesh). The obtained residue was purified by prep-HPLC (method A) to afford the title compound. Yield: 28% (150 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 12.30 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.17 (m, 3H), 6.75 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.54 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.31 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.66-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.30 (m, 4H), 0.92 (t, J = 6.80 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 476.9 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.87 min, 98.40% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.41 min, 99.27% (Max). Examples 15 and 16 (S)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-ph enyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid and (R)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido- 5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy )acrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (E)-3-((3-butyl-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl - 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid (Example 14; 120 mg, 0.25 mmol) were separated by chiral preparative SFC (method B). The material was concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Enantiomer 1: Yield: 14% (20 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 7.76 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.21-7.17 (m, 3H), 6.75 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.55 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.31 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.64-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.30 (m, 4H), 0.95-0.92 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 477.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.85 min, 99.84% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.48 min, 98.34% (Max). SFC: (Method H) Rt.1.71 min, 99.79%. Enantiomer 2: Yield: 14% (20 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 7.75 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.21-7.17 (m, 3H), 6.75 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.55 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.31 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.64-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.30 (m, 4H), 0.95-0.92 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 477.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.85 min, 99.88% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.48 min, 99.0% (Max). SFC: (method H) Rt.3.47 min, 99.41%. Example 17 (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate (Intermediate 39; 0.14 g, 0.25 mmol) in DCM (5 ml) at 0 °C, TFA (0.39 mL, 5.12 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with cold water (5 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 5 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5 mL) and brine (5 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by prep HPLC purification (Method A). The obtained fraction was concentrated under vacuum, dissolved in ethyl acetate (5 mL) and the organic part was washed with water (2 x 5 mL) and brine (5 mL). The organic part was dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated under vacuum to afford the title compound. Yield: 45% (60 mg, white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.27 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.23-7.18 (m, 3H), 6.77 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.53 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.80 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.50-2.90 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.25 (m, 4H), 1.20 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H), 0.95-0.85 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method E) 490.9 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.02 min, 97.10% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.66 min, 95.37% (Max). Examples 18 and 19 (S)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5-phe nyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid and (R)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5- phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)a crylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid (Example 17; 50 mg, 0.102 mmol) were separated by chiral SFC (Method S). The material was concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Enantiomer 1: Yield: 40% (20 mg, white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 12.26 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.23-7.17 (m, 3H), 6.76 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.52 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.75 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.50-2.40 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.32 (m, 4H), 1.20 (t, J = 7.60 Hz, 3H), 0.9 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 491.0 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.71 min, 99.40% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.61 min, 99.72% (Max). Chiral SFC: (Method S) Rt.2.99 min, 98.37% (Max). Enantiomer 2: Yield: 40% (30 mg, white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 12.29 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.24-7.17 (m, 3H), 6.76 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.53 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.38 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 1.75-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.30 (m, 4H), 1.20 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H), 0.9 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 491.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.71 min, 98.99% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.61 min, 99.18% (Max). Chiral SFC: (Method S) Rt.3.73 min, 98.28% (Max). Example 20 (E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1 ,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1 ,1- dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy) acrylate (Intermediate 47; 40 mg, 0.07 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) at 0 °C, TFA (0.16 mL, 2.18 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with cold water (5 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 X 5 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5 mL) and brine (5 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 35-40% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 91% (32 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 12.30 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.03 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.72-6.69 (m, 2H), 5.53 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.05-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.70-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.20 (m, 4H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.80 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 495.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.50 min, 93.89% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.56 min, 94.80% (Max). Examples 21 and 22 (S)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7-(methylthi o)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid and (R)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7- (methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiad iazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1 ,1- dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy) acrylic acid (Example 20; 35 mg, 0.07 mmol) were separated by chiral SFC (method S). The material was concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Enantiomer 1: Yield: 29% (10 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 12.27 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.03 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.73-6.70 (m, 2H), 5.53 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.10-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.68- 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.30 (m, 4H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.80 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 495.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.46 min, 93.75% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.43 min, 94.52% (Max). Chiral SFC: (Method S) Rt.2.29 min, 98.89% (Max). Enantiomer 2: Yield: 28% (10 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.27 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.03 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.80-6.50 (m, 2H), 5.53 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.10-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.78- 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.30 (m, 4H), 0.95-0.88 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 495.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.472 min, 97.27% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.434 min, 97.10% (Max). Chiral SFC: (Method S) Rt.4.79 min, 97.64% (Max). Example 23 (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-1, 1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-1, 1- dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy) acrylate (Intermediate 49; 60 mg, 0.10 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL) at 0°C, TFA (0.16 mL, 2.12 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with cold water (5 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 5 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5 mL) and brine (5 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na ₂ SO ₄ . The organic part was filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 35-40% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 37% (20 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 12.27 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.04 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.75-6.71 (m, 2H), 5.51 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.05-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 2.96-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 1.61-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.34-1.29 (m, 4H), 1.21 (m, 3H), 0.92- 0.89 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 509.2 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.62 min, 95.13% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.62 min, 96.69% (Max). Examples 24 and 25 (S)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methy l-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid and (R)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2- methyl-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepi n-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-1, 1- dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy) acrylic acid (Example 23; 35 mg, 0.078 mmol) were separated by chiral SFC (method S). The material was concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Enantiomer 1: Yield: 40% (14 mg, off-white solid). δ 12.28 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.04 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.73-6.70 (m, 2H), 5.52 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.05-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.38 (m, 1H), 2.94 (q, J = 6.40 Hz, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 1.68-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.42- 1.25 (m, 4H), 1.19 (t, J = 7.60 Hz, 3H), 0.9 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 509.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.3.03 min, 95.96% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.75 min, 97.05% (Max). Chiral SFC: (method S) Rt.2.75 min, 100% (Max). Enantiomer 2: Yield: 37% (13 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.28 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.04 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.74-6.70 (m, 2H), 5.52 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.1-4.0 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.35 (m, 1H), 2.94 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 1.70-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.28 (m, 4H), 1.19 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (t, J = 6.40 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method B) 508.9 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.09 min, 96.57% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.76 min, 94.92% (Max). Chiral SFC: (method S) Rt.3.42 min, 97.83% (Max). Example 26 (E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate (Intermediate 54; 65 mg, 0.12 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) at 0°C, TFA (1 mL, 12.98 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with cold water (5 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 5 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5 mL) and brine (5 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 35-40% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 69% (42 mg, white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d ₆ ): δ 12.28 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.04 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.70-6.68 (m, 2H), 5.52 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.50-4.47 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.25 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.28 (m, 6H), 0.90 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H). LCMS- Q-TOF: (Method J) 480.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.88 min, 97.00% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.35 min, 96.21% (Max). Examples 27 and 28 (S)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-di oxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid and (R)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1- dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acryl ic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid (Example 26; 38 mg, 0.079 mmol) were separated by chiral SFC (method T). The material was concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponded to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Enantiomer 1: Yield: 34% (13 mg, white solid). NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.30 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.03 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 2H), 6.69-6.66 (m, 2H), 5.52 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H), 3.51-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.20 (m, 6H), 0.90 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 480.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt. 2.43 min, 96.73% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.34 min, 96.74% (Max). Chiral SFC: (method T) Rt. 3.53 min, 100% (Max). Enantiomer 2: Yield: 32% (12 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.23 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.06-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.71-6.68 (m, 2H), 5.52 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (d, J = 14.4 Hz, 1H), 3.51-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.45-1.35 (m, 4H), 1.32-1.28 (m, 2H), 0.9 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 480.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.43 min, 97.29% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.34 min, 97.07% (Max). Chiral SFC: (method T) Rt.5.07 min, 99.37% (Max). Example 29 (E)-3-((3-Butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7- (methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiad iazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate (Intermediate 57; 60 mg, 0.09 mmol) in toluene (3 mL) at 0°C, triphenylamine (67.2 mg, 0.27 mmol) and TFA (0.11 mL, 1.46 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with cold water (5 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 5 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5 mL) and brine (5 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by prep HPLC purification (Method D) to afford the title compound. Yield: 50% (22 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 12.3 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.03 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.72-6.69 (m, 2H), 5.41 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (m, 1H), 3.27 (m, 1H), 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.57-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.32 (m, 3H), 1.29-1.24 (m, 2H), 0.91-0.88 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 479.0 (M ⁺ -H), Rt.2.80 min, 95.41% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.30 min, 97.48% (Max). Example 30 (E)-3-((3-Butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)acrylic acid To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate (Intermediate 59; 72 mg, 0.135 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at 0 °C, TFA (1 mL, 12.98 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with cold water (5 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 x 5 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5 mL) and brine (5 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by Isolera column chromatography (eluent: 30-35% EtOAc/PE; silica gel: 230-400 mesh) to afford the title compound. Yield: 46% (30 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d ₆ ): δ 12.26 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 12.40 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.17-7.19 (m, 2H), 6.75 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (d, J = 8.00 Hz, 2H), 5.51 (d, J = 12.40 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 3.49 (m, 1H), 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.34 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.38 (m, 5H), 1.30-1.32 (m, 1H), 1.18-1.20 (m, 3H), 0.05-0.89 (m, 3H). LCMS: (Method A) 476.1 (M ⁺ +H), Rt.2.68 min, 98.13% (Max). HPLC: (Method B) Rt.5.65 min, 99.73% (Max). Example 31 (E)-3-((3-Butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8- yl)oxy)acrylic acid To a stirred solution of tert-butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylate (Intermediate 60; 40 mg, 0.07 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at 0 °C, TFA (0.11 mL, 1.50 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with cold water (5 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2 X 5 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5 mL) and brine (5 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic part was filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude material was purified by prep HPLC purification (Method A) to afford the title compound. Yield: 56% (10 mg, off-white solid). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.28 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.19 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.75 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.44 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.39-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.35 (m, 2H), 2.98-2.92 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.25 (m, 5H), 1.19 (t, J = 7.20 Hz, 3H), 0.9 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H). LCMS: (Method B) 474.9 (M ⁺ -H), Rt.2.03 min, 94.04% (Max). HPLC: (Method E) Rt.5.36 min, 95.06% (Max). Example 32 (E)-3-((3-Butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin- 8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1- dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acryl ate (Intermediate 61), in a similar procedure as described in Example 29. Example 33 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The title compound is prepared from ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1- dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fl uoroacrylate (Intermediate 62), according to the procedure as described in Example 4. Examples 34 and 35 (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-di oxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid and (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7- (methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazep in-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacry lic acid (Example 33) are separated by chiral SFC. The material is concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Example 36 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)- 2-fluoroacrylic acid The title compound is prepared from ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate (Intermediate 63), according to the procedure as described in Example 4. Examples 37 and 38 (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4 ,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8- yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid and (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4 ,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid (Example 36) are separated by chiral SFC. The material is concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Example 39 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin- 8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The title compound is prepared from ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1- dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fl uoroacrylate (Intermediate 64), according to the procedure as described in Example 4. Examples 40 and 41 (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dio xido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5- benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid and (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4- fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiaze pin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido -2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,5-benzothiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid (Example 39) are separated by chiral SFC. The material is concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Example 42 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1 ,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The title compound is prepared from ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7- (methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiad iazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate (Intermediate 65), according to the procedure as described in Example 4. Examples 43 and 44 (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7-(methylthi o)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid and (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2- methyl-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-b enzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2- fluoroacrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-7-(methylthio)-1 ,1- dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy) -2-fluoroacrylic acid (Example 42) are separated by chiral SFC. The material is concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Example 45 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-1, 1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The title compound is prepared from ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl- 1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl) oxy)-2-fluoroacrylate (Intermediate 66), according to the procedure as described in Example 4. Examples 46 and 47 (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methy l-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid and (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4- fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2- fluoroacrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-1, 1- dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy) -2-fluoroacrylic acid (Example 45) are separated by chiral SFC. The material is concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Example 48 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The title compound is prepared from ethyl (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5- phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)- 2-fluoroacrylate (Intermediate 67), according to the procedure as described in Example 4. Examples 49 and 50 (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5-phe nyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid and (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1- dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin- 8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-methyl-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl- 2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid (Example 48) are separated by chiral SFC. The material is concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Example 51 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The title compound is prepared from (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-7- (methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiad iazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid (Intermediate 69), according to the procedure as described in Example 10. Examples 52 and 53 (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-di oxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid and (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7- (methylthio)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiad iazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (Z)-3-((3-butyl-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-(methylthio)-1,1-dioxid o- 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluor oacrylic acid (Example 51) are separated by chiral SFC. The material is concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Example 54 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5-t etrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8- yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The title compound is prepared from (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-2-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1,1-dioxid o-5- phenyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)- 2-fluoroacrylic acid (Intermediate 71), according to the procedure as described in Example 10. Examples 55 and 56 (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4 ,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8- yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid and (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4 ,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-1,1-dioxido-5-phenyl-2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid (Example 54) are separated by chiral SFC. The material is concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Example 57 (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The title compound is prepared from (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4- methoxybenzyl)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothi adiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid (Intermediate 73), according to the procedure as described in Example 10. Examples 58 and 59 (S)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dio xido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid and (R)-(Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4- fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothia diazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (Z)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido -2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)-2-fluoroacrylic acid (Example 57) are separated by chiral SFC. The material is concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. Example 60 (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido -2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid The title compound is prepared from tert-butyl (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4- methoxybenzyl)-1,1-dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothi adiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid (Intermediate 74), according to the procedure as described in Example 29. Examples 61 and 62 (S)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dio xido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5- benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid and (R)-(E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1- dioxido-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy) acrylic acid The two enantiomers of racemic (E)-3-((3-butyl-7-(ethylthio)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1,1-dioxido -2,3,4,5- tetrahydro-1,2,5-benzothiadiazepin-8-yl)oxy)acrylic acid (Example 60) are separated by chiral SFC. The material is concentrated under vacuum at 40 °C. The first eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 1 and the second eluting fraction corresponds to enantiomer 2. The absolute configuration of the two enantiomers is not known. BIOLOGICAL ASSAYS IBAT (h/m) assay protocol 10,000 cells (Human or Mouse IBAT-overexpressing cells) were seeded in 96-wells plate (Corning CLS3809) in 200 µL MEM-alpha medium (Gibco 12571-063) supplemented with 10% FBS (Gibco 10438026) containing Puromycin (Gibco A1113803) (10 µg/mL) and incubated at 37 °C in 5% CO ₂ for 48 hours. After incubation, media was decanted from the wells and cells were washed two times with 300 µL of basal MEM-alpha medium (FBS-free). After decanting basal MEM-alpha medium each time, plates were tapped against paper towel to ensure maximum removal of residual media. Test inhibitor dilutions (highest test concentration being 10 µM, 3-fold serial dilution, 10 points) prepared in DMSO (Sigma D2650) were added in incubation mix (maintaining 0.2% final DMSO concentration) containing 0.25 µM 3H-taurocholic acid (ARC ART-1368) and 5 µM of cold taurocholic acid (Sigma T4009).50 µL of incubation mix containing test inhibitors was then added to the wells (in duplicate) and the plates were incubated for 20 minutes in a CO ₂ incubator at 37 °C. After incubation, the reaction was stopped by keeping the plates on ice water mix for 2-3 minutes and then the incubation mix was aspirated completely from the wells. The wells were washed two times with 250 µL of chilled unlabelled 1 mM taurocholic acid dissolved in HEPES (Gibco 15630080)-buffered (10 mM) HBSS (Gibco 14175079) (pH 7.4). The plates were tapped against a paper towel after every wash to ensure maximum removal of blocking buffer. 100 µL of MicroScint-20 (PerkinElmer 6013621) was added to the wells and kept overnight at room temperature before reading the plates in TopCount NXT™ Microplate Scintillation and Luminescence Counter from PerkinElmer under 3H Test protocol (set at 120 seconds reading time per well). LBAT (h/m) assay protocol 20,000 cells (Human or Mouse LBAT-overexpressing cells) were seeded in 96-wells plate (Corning CLS3809) in 100 µL MEM-alpha medium (Gibco 12571-063) supplemented with 10% FBS (Gibco 10438026) containing Geneticin (Gibco 10131-027) (1 mg/mL) and incubated at 37 °C in 5% CO ₂ for 24 hours. After incubation, media was decanted from the wells and cells were washed two times with 300 µL of basal MEM-alpha medium (FBS-free). After decanting basal MEM-alpha medium each time, plates were tapped against paper towel to ensure maximum removal of residual media. For human LBAT, incubation mix was prepared by adding test inhibitor dilutions (3-fold serial dilution in DMSO (Sigma D2650), 10 points) in MEM-alpha (without FBS) containing 0.3 µM 3H-taurocholic acid (ARC ART-1368) and 7.5 µM cold taurocholic acid (Sigma T4009) (maintaining 0.2% final DMSO concentration). For mouse LBAT, incubation mix was prepared by adding test inhibitor dilutions (3- fold serial dilution in DMSO, 10 points) in MEM-alpha (without FBS) containing 0.3 µM 3H-taurocholic acid and 25 µM cold taurocholic acid maintaining 0.2% final DMSO concentration). 50 µL of incubation mix containing test inhibitors was then added to the wells (in duplicate) and the plates were incubated for 20 minutes in a CO ₂ incubator at 37 °C. After incubation, the reaction was stopped by keeping the plates on ice water mix for 2-3 minutes and then the incubation mix was aspirated completely from the wells. The wells were washed two times with 250 µL of chilled unlabelled 1 mM taurocholic acid dissolved in HEPES (Gibco 15630080)-buffered (10 mM) HBSS (Gibco 14175079) (pH 7.4). The plates were tapped against a paper towel after every wash to ensure maximum removal of blocking buffer. 100 µL of MicroScint-20 (PerkinElmer 6013621) was added to the wells and kept overnight at room temperature before reading the plates in TopCount NXT™ Microplate Scintillation and Luminescence Counter from PerkinElmer under 3H Test protocol (set at 120 seconds reading time per well, with normal plate orientation). Bidirectional permeability assay (Caco-2 cells) Caco-2 cells (Evotec) were seeded at a density of 70,000 cells/well in Millicell® 24-well cell culture insert plates and maintained in an incubator (37 °C, 5% CO ₂ , 95% RH) for 21 days with media change on alternate days. Stock solutions (10 mM) of the test compounds, atenolol (low permeability marker), propranolol (high permeability marker) and digoxin (substrate for P-gp transport pathway) were prepared in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). An intermediate stock solution (1 mM) was prepared by diluting 10 µL of 10 mM master stock solution with 90 µL of neat DMSO. A working stock solution (10 µM) was prepared by diluting 50 µL of 1 mM with 4950 µL of FaSSIF buffer. Post addition of compounds to the FaSSIF, samples were subjected to sonication for 2 hours, and centrifuged at 4000 RPM for 30 minutes at 37 °C. The 4 mL of resultant supernatant was directly used in the assay. The final DMSO concentration in the transport experiments was 1%. On the day of assay, Caco-2 monolayers were washed twice with transport buffer (HBSS, pH 7.4) and pre-incubated for 30 min (37 °C, 5% CO2, 95% RH) in an incubator. The electrical resistance of the monolayers was measured with a Millicell® - ERS system. Monolayers with trans-epithelial electrical resistance (TEER) values greater than 350 ohm.cm ² were selected for the assay. The assay was conducted in absorptive direction (A2B) and secretory (B2A) directions. Transport experiments were initiated by addition of transport assay buffer (FaSSIF buffer prepared in HBSS) consisting of compounds to the donor compartment (apical chamber A-B; basolateral chamber B-A) in duplicate (n=2) wells. Drug free HBSS buffer (pH 7.4) containing 1% bovine serum albumin (BSA) was introduced to the receiver (A-B-basolateral; B-A- Apical) compartments. The volumes of apical and basolateral compartments were 0.4 and 0.8 mL, respectively. After adding dosing solution, plates were incubated in an incubator for 120 minutes at 37 °C. After 120 minutes, donor and receiver samples were collected and matrix matched (1:1, 30 µL study sample + 30 µL blank buffer) with the opposite buffer. Dosing samples matrix matched (1:1, 30 µL study sample + 30 µL blank buffer) with the opposite buffer. Samples were processed by adding acetonitrile containing internal standard (60 µL study sample + 200 µL acetonitrile containing internal standard -Tolbutamide, 500 ng/mL). Samples were vortexed and centrifuged at 4000 rpm for 10 minutes. The obtained supernatant (100 µL) was diluted with 100 µL of water and transferred to fresh 96 well plates. The concentration of compounds in the samples was analyzed by liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC- MS/MS) method using discovery grade bio-analytical method, as applicable. The mean apparent permeability (P _app , x 10 ^-6 cm/sec) of the test compounds, atenolol, propranolol and digoxin were calculated as follows: Papp where dq/dt = rate of transport (rate of transport of compound in the receiver compartment), C ₀ = initial concentration in the donor compartment, A = surface area of the effective filter membrane. HepaRG-based assay protocol A cryopreserved vial of differentiated HepaRG cells (Biopredic International HPR116080) is thawed in HepaRG Thawing/Plating/General Purpose Medium (Biopredic International ADD670C) supplemented with 200 mM Glutamax (Gibco 35050061) following the protocol provided by Biopredic International.70,000 cells per well are seeded in 96-wells plate (Corning CLS3809) in 100 µL of HepaRG Thawing/Plating/General Purpose Medium supplemented with 200 mM Glutamax and incubated at 37 °C in 5% CO2 for 24 hours. Post incubation, the seeding media is replaced by HepaRG Maintenance/Metabolism Medium (Biopredic International ADD620C) and incubated for 6 days, with fresh HepaRG Maintenance/Metabolism Medium replenishment every 48 hours. After 7 days incubation post seeding, incubation media is decanted from the wells and cells are washed two times with 250 µL of William's E Basal Media (Gibco 12551032). After decanting William's E Basal Media each time, plates are tapped against paper towel to ensure maximum removal of residual media. Incubation mix is prepared by adding test inhibitor dilutions (3-fold serial dilution in DMSO (Sigma D2650)) in William's E media (basal) containing 0.3 µM 3H-taurocholic acid (ARC ART-1368) and 7.5 µM cold taurocholic acid (Sigma T4009) (maintaining 0.2% final DMSO concentration).50 µl of incubation mix containing test inhibitors is then added to the wells (in duplicate) and the plates are incubated for 30 minutes in 5% CO2 incubator at 37 °C. After incubation, the reaction is stopped by keeping the plates on ice water mix for 2-3 minutes and the incubation mix is then aspirated completely from the wells. The wells are washed two times with 250 µL of chilled unlabelled 1 mM taurocholic acid dissolved in HEPES (Gibco 15630080)-buffered (10mM) HBSS (Gibco 14175079) (pH 7.4). The plates are tapped against a paper towel after every wash to ensure maximum removal of blocking buffer. 100 µL of MicroScint-20 (PerkinElmer 6013621) is added to the wells and kept overnight at room temperature before reading the plates in TopCount NXT™ Microplate Scintillation and Luminescence Counter from PerkinElmer under 3H Test protocol (set at 120 seconds reading time per well, with normal plate orientation). Preparation of test compound dilutions All test compounds were provided in powder form at room temperature.10 mM DMSO stocks of the test compounds were prepared, aliquoted and stored at -20 °C. From the 10 mM DMSO stock of the compounds, a 3-fold serial dilution in DMSO was prepared to get a total of 10 dilutions of the test compounds.0.5 µL of this dilution in DMSO was added to 250 µL of FBS-free basal media containing 3H-taurocholic acid and cold taurocholic acid to prepare the incubation mixture. Bioavailability studies Male mice (C57BL/6 or CD1) or Wistar rats of 8-9 weeks old were used. For each test compound, two groups of 3 animals each were used. One group was administered a single intravenous dose of 1 mg/kg (vehicle 100% DMSO) through the tail vein and the other group was administered a single oral dose of 10 mg/kg through gavage needle. The group that was administered an oral dose was fasted overnight. Blood samples were collected after 0.083, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 and 24 hours following intravenous administration, and after 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 and 24 hours following oral administration. Blood samples were taken from saphenous vein.0.2% EDTA was used as the anticoagulant. The samples were analyzed by a discovery grade bioanalytical method developed for the estimation of test compound in plasma, using an LC-MS/MS system. Results Biological data for the compounds of the examples is shown in Table 8 below. Table 8

Effect of LBAT selective compounds on serum bile acid levels in OATP KO mice Male OATP KO mice (Oatp1a/1b cluster knockout mice, Taconic, USA) aged 8 to 9 weeks were used in the studies. After completion of quarantine and acclimatization period, animals were randomized based on body weight into experimental groups (n=4 mice in each). On the experimental day, a baseline blood sample was collected followed by oral dosing of vehicle (0.5% CMC, 0.1% Tween 80) or compound of Example 3, 6, 13 or 15 at the indicated doses. Blood samples were then collected at various time points after dose (indicated in each graph). Blood was allowed to clot, and serum was collected by centrifugation at 3000 g, 4°C for 15 minutes and stored at -80°C for further analysis. The total bile acid concentration in each serum sample was determined by using the CELL BIOLABS Total Bile Acids kit (STA631) according to manufacturer’s instructions. Mean ± SEM, n=4. The results are shown in Figures 1 to 4. Serum bile acid levels at pre-dose and during vehicle treatment ranged between 1 and 5 µmol/L. Oral administration of the compound of Example 13 increased serum bile acids in a dose-dependent manner. Within one hour after dosing, serum bile acids levels rose to about 100 µmol/L in response to 30 mg/kg compound of Example 13. The compounds of Examples 3, 6 and 15 also increased serum bile acid levels. PD model: Evaluation of test compound on total bile acids levels in male C57BL6 mice. C57BL/6N Tac mice of 8-9 weeks old are used to study the effect of bile acid modulators on bile acid levels. After completion of quarantine and acclimatization period, animals are randomized based on bodyweight into x experimental groups: (i) vehicle control, and (ii) test compound y mg/kg po once daily. Animals are treated with test compound for 7 days. On day 5 of the study, animals are individually housed in fresh cages. On day 7, feces are collected from each cage, followed by blood withdrawal from each animal through retro-orbital route. Animals are euthanized to collect liver and terminal ileum from each animal for further analysis. Bodyweight and food consumption are measured twice weekly. Serum lipid profiles are analyzed in serum samples of day 7. Total bile acids in serum is measured in the serum samples of day 7. Fecal bile excretion is measured in the fecal sample of day 7. Hepatic expression of CYP7A1 and SHP are quantified in the liver samples of day 7. Liver triglycerides and total cholesterol are analyzed in the liver samples of day 7. Urine bile acid model: Evaluation of test compounds on urine bile acid levels in male C57BL/6N mice. C57BL/6N Tac mice of 8-9 weeks old are used to study the effect of bile acid modulators on bile acid levels. After completion of quarantine and acclimatization period, animals are randomized based on bodyweight into x experimental groups: (i) vehicle control, and (ii) test compound y mg/kg po once daily. Animals are treated with test compound for 7 days. On day 6 of the study, animals are transferred to a metabolic cage. On day 7, feces and urine are collected from each metabolic cage, followed by blood withdrawal from each animal through retro-orbital route. Animals are euthanized to collect kidney from each animal for further analysis. Bodyweight is measured twice weekly. Total bile acids in serum is measured in serum samples of day 7. Fecal bile acid excretion is measured in the fecal sample of day 7. Urine excretion of bile acids is measured in the sample of day 7. Kidney expression of ASBT, OSTa, OSTAb and MRP2 is quantified in the samples of day 7.